1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19279 5151))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (19279 38446))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (19279
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19323 49698))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
304 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
305 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
306 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
307 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
308 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
310 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
311 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
314 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
315 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
316 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
317 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
318 mapped to the closest extremal position).
320 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
321 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
322 the cache-id will clear the cache.
324 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
326 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
328 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
329 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
330 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
331 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
332 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
333 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
334 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
335 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
336 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
337 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
338 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
339 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
340 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
341 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
342 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
343 definition will always be cached for later usage.
345 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
347 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
348 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
349 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
351 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
352 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
355 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
356 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
357 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
358 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
359 see also `ad-add-advice'.
360 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
361 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
362 before/around/after-advices will be used.
363 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
364 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
365 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
366 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
367 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
368 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
370 Semantics of the various flags:
371 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
372 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
373 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
375 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
376 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
378 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
379 advised function should be compiled.
381 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
382 during activation until somebody enables it.
384 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
385 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
386 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
387 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
389 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
390 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
391 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
392 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
393 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
396 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
397 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
398 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
401 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
405 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
406 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
407 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19279 5148))
408 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
410 (autoload 'align "align" "\
411 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
412 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
413 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
414 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
415 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
416 rule's `separate' attribute).
418 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
419 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
420 `separate' attribute set.
422 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
423 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
424 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
425 on the format of these lists.
427 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
429 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
430 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
431 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
432 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
433 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
434 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
435 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
436 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
437 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
438 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
441 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
442 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
446 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
449 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
450 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
451 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
453 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
455 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
456 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
457 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
458 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
459 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
464 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
465 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
466 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
467 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
468 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
469 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
470 been used to align that section.
472 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
474 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
475 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
476 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
477 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
478 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
479 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
484 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
485 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
489 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
490 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
496 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
498 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
500 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
502 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
504 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
506 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
508 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
510 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
512 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
514 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
516 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
518 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
520 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
522 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
524 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
526 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
528 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
533 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
536 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
537 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
538 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
540 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
541 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
542 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
543 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
544 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
547 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
549 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
550 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
551 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
552 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
553 - easy topic encryption and decryption
554 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
555 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
556 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
558 and many other features.
560 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
561 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
562 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
563 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
564 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
566 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
567 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
568 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
569 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
570 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
571 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
572 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
573 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
577 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
578 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
579 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
580 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
581 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
585 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
586 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
587 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
588 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
589 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
590 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
591 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
592 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
593 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
594 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
597 Topic Header Production:
598 -----------------------
599 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
600 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
601 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
603 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
604 ---------------------------------
605 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
606 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
607 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
609 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
610 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
611 are alternated according to nesting depth.
612 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
613 the offspring are not affected.
614 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
616 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
617 ----------------------------------
618 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
619 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
620 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
621 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
622 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
623 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
624 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
625 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
627 Topic-oriented Encryption:
628 -------------------------
629 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
630 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
634 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
635 and establish a default file-var setting
637 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
638 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
639 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
640 buffer with name derived from derived from that
641 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
642 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
643 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
644 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
646 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
651 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
652 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
653 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
654 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
656 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
657 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
658 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
659 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
661 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
662 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
663 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
666 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
667 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
672 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
673 navigation and exposure control.
675 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
676 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
677 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
678 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
679 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
681 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
682 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
683 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
684 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
685 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
687 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
688 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
689 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
690 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
691 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
692 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
693 at the beginning of the current entry.
697 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
698 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
699 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
702 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
703 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
704 `allout-structure-added-hook'
705 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
706 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
710 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
712 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
713 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
714 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
716 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
717 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
718 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
720 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
723 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
724 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
727 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
729 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
731 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
733 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
735 Topic text constituents:
737 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
739 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
740 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
742 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
743 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
744 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
745 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
746 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
747 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
748 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
751 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
754 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
755 It can be customized by changing the setting of
756 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
758 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
759 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
760 program code without interfering with processing of the text
761 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
762 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
763 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
764 docstring for more detail.
766 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
767 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
768 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
769 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
770 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
771 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
772 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
773 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
774 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
775 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
776 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
779 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
780 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
782 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
783 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
785 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
786 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
787 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
789 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
791 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
793 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
794 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
796 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
797 setup for auto-startup.
799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
803 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
804 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19356 10801))
805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
807 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
809 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
810 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
811 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
812 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
813 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
814 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
816 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
818 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
821 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
825 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
826 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19279 5151))
827 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
829 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
830 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
831 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
832 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
833 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
834 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
835 in the current window.
837 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
839 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
840 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
841 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
843 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
845 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
846 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
847 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
849 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
853 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
854 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19279 5148))
855 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
857 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
858 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
862 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
863 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
865 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
866 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
867 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
868 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
870 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
871 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
873 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
875 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
879 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
880 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19279 5151))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
883 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
884 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
885 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
886 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
887 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
890 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
891 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
892 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
895 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
896 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
897 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
898 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
902 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
903 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
908 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
909 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
910 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
916 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
917 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (19279 5149))
918 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
920 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
921 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
922 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
924 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
926 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
927 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
931 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
932 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
933 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
934 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
935 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
936 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
937 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
939 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
941 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
942 appointment package (if it is not already active).
946 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
947 Toggle checking of appointments.
948 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
949 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
955 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
956 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
957 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19279 5148))
958 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
960 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
961 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
962 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
963 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
965 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
966 kind of objects to search.
968 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
970 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
971 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
972 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
973 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
974 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
975 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
980 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
982 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
984 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
985 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
986 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
987 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
988 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
989 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
991 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
992 noninteractive functions.
994 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
995 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
997 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
998 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1000 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1002 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1003 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1005 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1007 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1008 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1009 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1010 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1012 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1013 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1014 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1015 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1017 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1018 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1020 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1022 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1024 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1025 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1026 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1027 thus be found in `load-history'.
1031 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1032 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1033 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1034 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1035 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1036 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1038 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1039 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1040 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1042 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1044 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1045 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1046 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1047 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1048 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1049 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1051 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1052 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1054 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1060 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19321
1062 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1064 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1065 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1066 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1067 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1068 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1069 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1071 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1072 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1075 \\{archive-mode-map}
1077 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1081 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19279 5148))
1082 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1084 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1085 Major mode for editing arrays.
1087 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1088 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1089 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1091 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1093 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1094 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1095 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1097 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1098 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1099 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1100 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1103 Variables you assign:
1104 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1105 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1106 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1107 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1108 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1109 row numbers in the buffer.
1111 Variables which are calculated:
1112 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1113 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1115 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1116 take a numeric prefix argument):
1118 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1119 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1120 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1121 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1123 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1124 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1125 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1126 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1128 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1129 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1130 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1131 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1133 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1134 between that of point and mark.
1136 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1137 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1139 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1140 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1141 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1142 newlines inside rows)
1144 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1146 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1152 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19321
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1156 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1158 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1159 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1160 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1162 How to quit Artist mode
1164 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1167 How to submit a bug report
1169 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1172 Drawing with the mouse:
1175 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1176 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1180 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1183 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1184 --------------------------------------------------------------
1185 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1191 --------------------------------------------------------------
1192 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1193 --------------------------------------------------------------
1194 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1195 --------------------------------------------------------------
1196 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1197 --------------------------------------------------------------
1198 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1199 --------------------------------------------------------------
1200 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1201 --------------------------------------------------------------
1202 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1204 --------------------------------------------------------------
1205 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1206 --------------------------------------------------------------
1207 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1214 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1217 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1218 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1219 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1220 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1223 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1224 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1225 overwrite means the opposite.
1227 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1228 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1229 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1231 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1233 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1234 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1236 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1237 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1238 are currently drawing something.
1240 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1244 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1245 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1250 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1252 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1254 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1256 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1258 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1259 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1261 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1266 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1267 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1268 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1269 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1270 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1271 When pasting: Pastes
1273 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1275 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1277 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1278 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1279 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1280 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1281 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1282 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1287 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1288 of the line/poly-line
1290 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1291 of the line/poly-line
1296 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1298 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1299 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1300 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1301 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1302 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1303 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1304 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1305 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1306 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1307 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1308 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1309 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1310 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1311 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1312 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1313 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1314 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1315 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1316 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1317 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1322 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1323 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1325 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1326 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1327 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1328 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1329 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1330 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1331 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1332 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1333 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1334 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1335 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1336 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1337 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1338 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1339 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1340 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1341 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1342 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1343 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1347 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1348 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1355 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1359 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19279
1361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1363 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1364 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1365 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1367 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1368 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1369 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1370 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1372 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1373 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1375 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1376 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1378 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1387 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1388 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
1389 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1391 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1392 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1393 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1395 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1397 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1398 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1399 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1400 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1401 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1402 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1403 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1404 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1405 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1406 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1409 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1410 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1411 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1412 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1413 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1415 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1419 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1420 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1421 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1423 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1424 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1426 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1428 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1429 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1430 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1431 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1432 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1433 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1435 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1441 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1442 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
1443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1445 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1446 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1452 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1453 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19279 5148))
1454 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1456 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1457 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1458 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1462 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1463 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1464 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1465 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1467 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1469 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1470 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1471 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1473 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1474 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1476 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1478 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1479 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1480 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1481 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1483 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1484 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1490 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1491 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1492 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
1493 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1495 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1497 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1499 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1500 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1501 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1502 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1503 save the buffer too.
1505 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1507 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1509 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1510 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1511 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1512 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1513 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1514 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1516 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1517 directory or directories specified.
1519 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1521 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1522 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1523 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1529 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1530 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1531 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19279 5148))
1532 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1534 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1535 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1537 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1538 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1539 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1540 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1541 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1545 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1546 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1548 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1549 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1553 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1554 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1555 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1557 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1558 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1559 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1560 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1561 reflected in the current buffer.
1563 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1564 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1565 writing before you save the file!
1567 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1571 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1572 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1574 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1575 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1579 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1580 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1581 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1582 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1583 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1584 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1586 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1588 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1589 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1590 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1591 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1593 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1594 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1595 to revert a particular buffer.
1597 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1598 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1599 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1600 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1601 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1603 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1604 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1605 specifies in the mode line.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1611 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1612 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19279 5148))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1615 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1616 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1617 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1618 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1619 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1621 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1623 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1624 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1625 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1626 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1628 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1629 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1630 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1632 Effects of the different modes:
1633 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1634 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1635 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1636 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1637 a random distance & direction.
1638 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1639 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1640 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1642 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1644 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1645 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1646 definition of \"random distance\".)
1648 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1652 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1653 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
1654 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1655 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1657 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1658 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1659 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1660 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1664 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1665 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1666 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1669 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1671 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1673 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1674 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1675 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1676 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1677 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1684 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1685 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19279 5149))
1686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1688 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1689 Time execution of FORMS.
1690 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1691 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1693 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1694 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1695 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1697 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1699 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1700 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1701 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1702 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1703 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1705 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1707 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1708 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1709 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1710 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1711 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1713 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1717 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1718 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19279 38446))
1719 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1721 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1722 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1723 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1724 of corresponding buffers.
1725 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1726 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1727 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1728 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1729 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1730 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1732 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1734 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1735 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1737 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1739 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1740 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1741 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1742 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1744 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1745 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1746 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1747 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1748 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1750 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1751 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1754 Special information:
1756 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1758 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1759 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1760 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1761 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1762 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1763 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1764 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1765 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1766 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1767 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1768 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1770 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1771 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1772 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1773 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1774 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1775 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1776 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1777 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1779 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1781 ----------------------------------------------------------
1782 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1783 if that value is non-nil.
1789 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1790 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1791 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1792 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1793 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1794 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1795 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1796 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1797 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1798 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1800 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1804 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1805 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
1806 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1807 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.bst\\'") 'bibtex-style-mode))
1809 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1810 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1816 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1817 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1818 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
1819 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1821 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1823 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1824 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1825 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1827 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1829 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1830 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1832 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1834 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1835 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1837 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1841 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19279
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1845 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1847 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1851 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1852 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1853 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1854 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1855 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1860 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1861 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1864 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1867 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1868 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1870 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1871 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1873 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1874 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1875 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1876 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1877 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1878 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1882 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1884 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1885 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1886 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1887 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1889 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1890 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1891 denoted by the letter `R'.
1893 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1894 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1895 denoted by the letter `H'.
1897 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1900 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1901 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1902 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1903 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1904 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1905 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1908 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1909 degree deflection it causes.
1912 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1913 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1914 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1915 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1916 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1917 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1922 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1923 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1926 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1927 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1928 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1929 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1930 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1931 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1932 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1935 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1936 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1937 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1938 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1939 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1940 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1941 emerging from the box.
1943 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1945 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1946 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1947 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1948 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1949 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1950 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1951 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1952 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1954 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1961 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1962 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1963 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1964 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1965 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19326 6129))
1966 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1967 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1968 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1969 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1971 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1972 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1973 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1974 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1975 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1976 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1977 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1979 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1980 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1981 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1983 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1984 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1985 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1986 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1987 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1990 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1991 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1992 yank successive words.
1994 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1995 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1996 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
1997 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
1998 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2000 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2001 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2002 the list of bookmarks.)
2004 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2006 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2007 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2008 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2009 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2010 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2013 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2014 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2015 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2016 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2018 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2019 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2021 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2022 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2023 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2025 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2027 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2028 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2030 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2032 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2033 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2034 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2036 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2037 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2038 after a bookmark was set in it.
2040 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2042 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2043 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2044 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2046 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2047 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2049 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2051 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2053 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2054 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2055 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2056 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2058 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2060 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2061 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2062 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2064 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2065 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2068 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2070 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2071 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2072 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2074 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2075 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2076 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2079 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2081 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2082 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2083 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2085 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2086 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2087 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2088 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2089 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2090 probably because we were called from there.
2092 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2094 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2095 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2096 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2100 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2101 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2102 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2103 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2106 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2107 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2108 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2109 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2110 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2112 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2113 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2114 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2115 `bookmark-default-file'.
2117 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2119 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2120 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2121 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2122 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2123 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2126 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2127 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2128 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2129 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2130 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2133 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2134 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2135 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2136 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2138 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2141 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2142 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2143 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2144 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2148 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2150 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2152 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2153 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2157 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2159 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2163 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2164 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2165 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2166 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2167 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2168 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2169 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2170 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2171 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2172 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
2173 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2175 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2176 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2177 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2178 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2180 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2181 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2182 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2183 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2184 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2186 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2188 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program (purecopy "firefox") "\
2189 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2191 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2193 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program (purecopy "galeon") "\
2194 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2196 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2198 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2203 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2204 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2205 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2206 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2207 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2208 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2210 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2212 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2213 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2214 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2215 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2218 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2220 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2221 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2225 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2226 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2228 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2230 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2231 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2232 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2233 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2235 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2237 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2238 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2239 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2240 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2244 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2245 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2246 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2247 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2248 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2253 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2254 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2255 Default to the URL around or before point.
2257 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2258 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2259 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2260 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2262 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2263 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2265 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2266 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2268 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2270 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2271 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2272 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2273 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2275 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2276 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2277 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2278 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2280 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2281 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2282 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2284 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2285 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2287 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2289 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2290 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2291 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2292 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2294 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2295 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2296 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2297 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2299 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2300 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2301 new tab in an existing window instead.
2303 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2304 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2306 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2308 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2309 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2310 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2311 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2314 When called interactively, if variable
2315 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2316 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2317 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2318 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2320 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2321 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2322 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2324 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2325 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2327 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2328 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2329 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2330 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2331 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2332 URL in a new window.
2334 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2338 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2339 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2341 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2342 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2343 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2344 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2346 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2347 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2348 new tab in an existing window instead.
2350 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2351 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2353 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2355 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2356 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2358 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2360 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2361 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2362 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2363 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2365 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2366 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2367 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2368 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2371 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2378 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2379 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2380 program is invoked according to the variable
2381 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2383 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2384 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2385 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2386 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2388 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2389 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2391 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point.
2397 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2398 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2399 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2407 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2411 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2412 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2413 Default to the URL around or before point.
2415 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2416 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2417 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2426 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2427 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2429 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2431 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2432 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2433 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2434 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2435 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2436 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2438 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2440 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2441 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2442 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2443 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2444 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2446 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2447 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2448 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2449 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2452 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2456 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2457 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2458 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2459 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2460 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2463 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2464 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2465 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2466 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2468 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2469 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2473 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2474 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2475 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2476 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2477 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2478 don't offer a form of remote control.
2480 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2482 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2483 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2484 Default to the URL around or before point.
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2490 Default to the URL around the point.
2492 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2493 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2495 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2496 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2498 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2502 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19279
2504 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2506 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2507 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2511 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2512 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2518 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2519 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19279 5148))
2520 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2522 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2523 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2524 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2525 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2529 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2530 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2531 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2532 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2536 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2537 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2541 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2542 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2544 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2545 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2546 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2547 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2549 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2550 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2551 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2552 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2553 name of buffer configuration.
2559 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19279 5151))
2560 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2562 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2564 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2565 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2566 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2567 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2568 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2569 columns on its right towards the left.
2571 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2572 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2573 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2574 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2580 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2581 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19279 5151))
2582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2584 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2586 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2587 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2591 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2592 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2598 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2599 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2600 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2601 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2602 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2603 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
2604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2605 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2606 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2607 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2608 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2610 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2611 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2615 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2616 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2617 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2618 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2619 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2620 else the global value will be modified.
2622 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2624 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2625 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2626 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2627 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2628 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2629 else the global value will be modified.
2631 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2633 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2634 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2635 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2637 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2639 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2640 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2641 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2642 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2644 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2645 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2646 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2647 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2648 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2651 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2652 that already has a `.elc' file.
2654 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2655 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2657 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2658 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2659 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2660 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2661 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2662 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2664 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2666 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2667 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2668 Print the result in the echo area.
2669 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2673 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2674 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2675 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2677 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2679 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2680 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2681 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2682 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2683 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2684 all functions called by those functions.
2686 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2687 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2690 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2691 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2692 invoked interactively.
2694 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2696 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2697 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2698 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2699 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2703 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2704 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2705 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2706 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2707 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2708 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2709 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2712 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2714 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2715 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2716 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2717 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2719 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2720 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2721 and corresponding effects.
2723 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19279
2729 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2731 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2733 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19279 5149))
2738 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2740 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2742 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2744 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2748 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2749 ;;;;;; (19345 41626))
2750 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2752 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2753 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2754 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2755 from the cursor position.
2757 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2759 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2763 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2764 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2765 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19282
2767 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2768 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2770 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2771 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2775 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2776 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2778 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2780 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2781 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2783 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2785 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2786 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2790 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2791 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2792 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2793 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2795 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2797 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2798 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2799 This is most useful in the X window system.
2800 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2801 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2803 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2805 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2806 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2807 See calc-keypad for details.
2809 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2811 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2812 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2814 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2816 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2817 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2819 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2821 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2822 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2824 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2826 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2827 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2828 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2830 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2832 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2833 Define Calc function.
2835 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2836 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2837 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2839 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2840 actual Lisp function name.
2842 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2844 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2848 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19356
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2852 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2853 Run the Emacs calculator.
2854 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19279
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2864 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2865 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2866 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2867 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2868 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2869 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2871 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2872 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2873 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2874 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2875 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2876 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2877 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2878 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2881 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2882 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2884 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2885 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2886 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2887 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2888 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2889 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2891 Runs the following hooks:
2893 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2894 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2895 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2896 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2898 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2904 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2905 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19279 5150))
2906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2908 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2909 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2911 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2913 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2914 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2915 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2918 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2922 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2923 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2926 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2927 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2929 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2930 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2931 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2932 restriction to ASCII.
2934 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2939 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2940 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2941 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2943 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2944 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2945 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2946 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2947 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2948 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2949 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2951 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2952 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19279
2960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2961 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2965 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2966 ;;;;;; (19370 36541))
2967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2969 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2970 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2976 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2977 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2978 ;;;;;; (19338 9841))
2979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2981 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2982 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2983 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2984 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2985 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2986 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2987 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2989 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2991 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2992 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2993 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2994 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2995 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2996 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2997 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2999 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3000 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3002 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3003 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3004 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3005 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3006 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3007 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3009 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3011 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3012 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3019 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3020 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3022 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3023 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3024 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3025 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3026 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3027 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3030 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3032 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3033 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3040 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3041 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3042 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3044 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3045 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3046 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3047 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3048 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3049 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3052 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3054 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3055 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3062 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3063 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3064 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3066 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3067 Major mode for editing Java code.
3068 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3069 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3070 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3071 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3074 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3076 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3077 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3084 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3085 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3086 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3088 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3089 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3090 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3091 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3092 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3093 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3096 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3098 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3099 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3106 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3107 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3108 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3109 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3111 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3112 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3113 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3114 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3115 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3116 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3119 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3121 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3122 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3128 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3129 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3130 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3131 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3132 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3133 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3137 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3138 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19279 5151))
3139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3141 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3142 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3143 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3144 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3146 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3148 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3149 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3152 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3153 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3154 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3155 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3158 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3159 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3160 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3161 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3164 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3166 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3167 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3168 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3169 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3171 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3173 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3174 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3175 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3177 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3179 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3180 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3181 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3182 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3183 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3185 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19279 5151))
3190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3191 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3192 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3193 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3197 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3198 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3199 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
3200 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3202 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3203 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3205 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3207 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3208 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3210 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3212 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3213 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3215 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3216 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3217 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3218 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3221 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3223 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3225 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3226 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3228 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3229 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3233 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3234 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3235 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3236 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3237 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3240 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3241 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3242 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3243 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3245 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3246 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3249 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3251 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3253 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3256 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3257 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3259 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3260 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3261 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3264 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3266 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3267 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3268 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3270 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3272 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3274 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3275 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3277 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3281 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3283 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3285 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3286 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3289 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3290 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3293 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3295 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3296 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3297 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3298 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3299 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3300 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3301 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3302 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3303 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3304 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3305 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3306 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3307 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3308 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3309 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3310 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3313 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3314 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3316 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3317 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3319 | (write EXPRESSION)
3320 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3321 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3324 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3327 ;; Same as: (write string)
3329 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3330 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3331 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3334 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3335 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3336 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3337 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3338 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3339 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3341 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3342 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3344 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3347 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3348 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3349 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3351 ARG := REG | integer
3354 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3357 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3360 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3363 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3364 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3367 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3368 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3369 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3372 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3373 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3374 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3377 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3378 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3380 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3381 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3382 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3385 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3386 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3389 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3390 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3392 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3395 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3399 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3400 ;; Same meaning as C code
3401 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3403 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3408 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3409 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3412 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3413 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3417 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3421 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3422 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3423 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3425 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3426 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3427 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3429 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3430 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3431 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3432 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3433 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3436 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3438 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3439 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3440 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3441 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3442 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3443 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3445 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3447 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3448 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3449 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3451 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3453 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3457 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3458 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3461 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3462 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3463 There are no special keybindings by default.
3465 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3466 to the action header.
3472 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3473 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19279 5149))
3474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3476 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3477 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3478 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3482 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3483 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3484 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3490 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3491 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3492 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3493 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3494 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3495 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3496 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3497 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3498 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19279 5149))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3500 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3501 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3502 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3503 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3504 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3506 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3511 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3512 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3513 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3514 the users will view as each check is completed.
3518 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3519 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3520 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3521 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3522 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3523 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3524 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3525 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3527 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3529 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3530 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3531 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3532 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3533 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3534 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3535 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3536 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3538 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3540 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3541 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3542 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3543 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3544 spacing are all verified.
3548 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3549 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3550 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3551 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3552 otherwise stop after the first error.
3554 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3556 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3557 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3558 Only documentation strings are checked.
3559 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3560 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3563 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3565 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3566 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3567 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3568 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3569 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3571 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3573 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3574 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3575 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3576 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3579 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3581 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3582 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3583 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3584 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3586 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3588 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3590 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3591 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3592 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3594 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3596 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3597 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3598 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3599 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3600 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3604 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3605 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3606 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3607 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3608 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3609 space at the end of each line.
3611 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3613 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3614 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3615 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3616 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3618 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3620 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3621 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3622 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3623 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3625 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3627 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3628 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3629 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3630 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3632 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3634 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3635 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3636 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3637 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3639 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3641 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3642 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3643 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3644 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3646 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3648 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3649 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3650 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3651 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3653 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3655 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3656 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3657 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3658 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3660 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3662 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3663 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3664 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3665 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3667 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3669 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3670 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3671 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3672 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3674 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3676 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3677 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3678 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3681 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3682 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3683 checking of documentation strings.
3685 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3691 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3692 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3693 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19279 5150))
3694 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3696 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3697 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3698 Return the length of resulting text.
3700 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3702 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3703 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3707 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3708 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3709 Return the length of resulting text.
3711 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3713 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3714 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3718 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3723 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3726 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3730 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3731 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19279 5148))
3732 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3734 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3735 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3736 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3737 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3738 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3739 editing and the result is evaluated.
3741 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3743 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3744 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3745 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3746 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3747 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3749 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3753 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3754 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3755 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3756 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3757 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3759 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3760 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3761 \\{command-history-map}
3763 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3764 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19279 5149))
3771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3773 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3774 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3775 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3776 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3777 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3778 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3780 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3781 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3785 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3786 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
3787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3789 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3790 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3791 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3792 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3793 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3794 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3795 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3798 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3799 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3800 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3803 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3804 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3806 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3807 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3808 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3809 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3810 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3811 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3812 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3813 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3814 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3815 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3816 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3817 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3819 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3820 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3821 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3823 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3824 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3825 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3828 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3830 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3832 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3834 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3835 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3837 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3838 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3840 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3841 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3842 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3843 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3844 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3845 value specified by their associated list element.
3847 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3849 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3850 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3851 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3853 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3854 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3855 * indent the first argument by 4.
3856 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3857 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3858 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3860 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3864 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3865 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
3866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3868 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3869 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3870 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3871 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3873 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3874 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3875 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3876 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3878 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3879 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3881 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3885 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19279
3887 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3889 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3890 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3891 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3892 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3893 of `scheme-program-name').
3894 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3895 it is given as initial input.
3896 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3897 discards input when it starts up.
3898 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3900 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3903 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3907 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3908 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3909 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3910 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
3911 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3913 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3914 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3915 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3916 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3917 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3918 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3919 functions have already modified the buffer.
3921 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3923 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3924 either globally or locally.")
3926 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3928 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3929 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3930 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3931 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3932 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3933 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3934 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3935 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3936 process as its initial input.
3938 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3940 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3942 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3943 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3944 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3945 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3946 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3947 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3948 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3949 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3950 process as its initial input.
3952 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3954 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3956 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3957 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3958 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3959 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3960 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3961 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3963 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3965 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3966 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3967 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3968 directory tracking functions.")
3970 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3971 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3972 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3974 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3976 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3978 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3979 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3980 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3982 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3984 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3986 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3987 Send COMMAND to current process.
3988 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3989 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3991 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3993 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3994 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3995 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3996 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3998 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4002 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (19279
4004 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4006 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4007 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4008 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4009 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4011 This command pushes the mark in each window
4012 at the prior location of point in that window.
4013 If both windows display the same buffer,
4014 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4015 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4017 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4018 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4019 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4020 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4021 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4022 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4023 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4026 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4027 this command work in interlaced mode:
4028 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4029 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4030 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4032 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4036 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4037 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4038 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4039 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4040 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19375
4042 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4044 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4045 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4047 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4049 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4050 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4051 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4052 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4053 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4054 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4055 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4057 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4059 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4060 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4062 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4064 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4065 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4066 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4067 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4068 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4069 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4070 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4072 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4073 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4074 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4075 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4076 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4078 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4079 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4080 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4081 describing how the process finished.")
4083 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4084 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4085 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4086 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4087 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4089 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4090 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4091 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4093 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4095 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4096 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4097 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4098 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4100 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4102 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4103 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4105 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4106 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4108 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4110 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4111 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4112 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4113 (concat \"make -k \"
4114 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4116 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4117 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4119 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4120 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4121 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4122 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4124 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4126 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4127 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4128 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4129 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4131 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4132 and move to the source code that caused it.
4134 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4135 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4137 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4138 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4139 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4140 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4142 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4143 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4144 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4145 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4147 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4148 kills its subprocesses.
4150 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4151 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4152 to a function that generates a unique name.
4154 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4156 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4157 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4158 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4159 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4161 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4162 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4164 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4165 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4166 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4167 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4169 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4170 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4171 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4173 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4175 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4177 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4178 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4179 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4180 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4181 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4183 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4185 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4187 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4189 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4190 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4191 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4192 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4193 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4194 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4195 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4199 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4200 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4201 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4202 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4203 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4204 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4208 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4209 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4210 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4212 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.gcov\\'") 'compilation-mode))
4218 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4219 ;;;;;; (19358 54001))
4220 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4222 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4223 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4224 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4226 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4227 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4229 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4231 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4232 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4233 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4235 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4236 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4237 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4238 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4240 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4241 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4242 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4243 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4245 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4246 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4247 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4248 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4250 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4251 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4252 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4253 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4254 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4260 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4261 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
4262 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4264 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4265 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4266 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4267 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4268 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4269 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4271 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4273 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4274 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4280 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4281 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4282 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4283 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
4284 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4286 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4287 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4288 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4289 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4290 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4291 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4292 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4294 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4295 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4296 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4298 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4299 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4300 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4302 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4303 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4304 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4305 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4307 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4308 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4309 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4310 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4311 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4312 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4313 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4319 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4320 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4321 Comments start with `#'.
4322 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4324 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4334 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4335 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4336 Comments start with `;'.
4337 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4339 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4341 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4342 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4343 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4345 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4346 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4350 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4351 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4352 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4353 between `/*' and `*/'.
4354 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4356 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4357 // another kind of comment
4369 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4370 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4371 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4372 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4373 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4374 `conf-space-keywords'.
4375 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4376 in an interactive fashion instead.
4378 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4380 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4382 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4386 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4388 # Standard multimedia devices
4389 add /dev/audio desktop
4390 add /dev/mixer desktop
4394 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4395 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4396 See `conf-space-mode'.
4398 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4400 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4401 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4402 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4403 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4405 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4407 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4408 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4412 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4413 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4414 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4415 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4417 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4419 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4420 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4424 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4425 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4426 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4427 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4429 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4438 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4439 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19279 5151))
4440 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4442 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4443 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4444 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4445 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4447 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4449 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4450 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4451 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4452 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4454 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4456 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4457 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4458 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4459 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4461 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4463 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4464 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4466 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4470 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4471 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19279
4473 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4475 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4476 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4477 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4478 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4479 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4480 following the copyright are updated as well.
4481 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4484 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4486 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4487 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4488 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4492 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4493 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4495 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4497 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4498 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4500 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4504 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4505 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19279 5151))
4506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4507 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4508 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4509 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4510 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4511 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4512 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4513 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4515 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4516 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4517 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4518 Tab indents for Perl code.
4519 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4520 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4522 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4523 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4524 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4525 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4526 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4527 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4528 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4529 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4530 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4531 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4532 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4533 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4535 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4537 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4538 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4540 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4542 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4543 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4544 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4545 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4546 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4547 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4548 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4549 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4550 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4552 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4556 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4557 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4558 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4561 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4562 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4563 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4565 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4567 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4568 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4569 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4570 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4571 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4573 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4583 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4584 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4585 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4586 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4587 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4588 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4589 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4590 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4591 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4592 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4593 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4594 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4595 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4597 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4598 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4599 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4600 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4601 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4602 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4604 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4605 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4608 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4609 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4610 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4611 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4612 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4614 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4615 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4616 span the needed amount of lines.
4618 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4619 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4620 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4621 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4623 Variables controlling indentation style:
4624 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4625 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4626 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4627 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4628 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4629 `cperl-auto-newline'
4630 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4631 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4632 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4633 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4634 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4635 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4636 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4637 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4638 `cperl-indent-level'
4639 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4640 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4641 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4642 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4643 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4644 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4645 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4646 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4647 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4648 `cperl-brace-offset'
4649 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4650 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4651 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4652 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4653 `cperl-label-offset'
4654 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4655 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4656 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4658 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4659 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4660 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4661 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4662 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4663 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4665 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4666 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4667 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4668 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4670 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4671 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4672 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4673 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4674 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4675 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4676 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4678 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4679 column 0 is indented on
4680 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4682 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4685 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4686 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4687 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4691 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4692 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4696 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4697 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4703 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4704 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
4705 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4707 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4708 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4709 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4710 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4711 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4715 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4716 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4722 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4723 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
4724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4726 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4727 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4728 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4729 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4731 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4732 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4734 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4736 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4737 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4738 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4742 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4747 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
4748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4750 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4751 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4752 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4753 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4755 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4756 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4757 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4758 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4760 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4761 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4762 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4764 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4765 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4768 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4769 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4770 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4772 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4774 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4775 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4776 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4778 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4782 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19279
4784 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4785 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.css\\'") 'css-mode))
4787 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4788 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4794 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4795 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
4796 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4798 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4799 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4800 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4803 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4805 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4807 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4808 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4809 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4810 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4811 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4813 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4814 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4815 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4816 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4817 function of these prefix keys.
4819 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4820 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4822 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4823 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4824 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4826 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4827 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4828 the prefix fallback behavior.
4830 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4831 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4832 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4833 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4837 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4838 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4844 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4845 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4846 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4847 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4848 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4849 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4850 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4851 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4852 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4853 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4854 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
4855 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4857 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4858 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4860 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4862 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
4863 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4865 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4867 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4868 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4870 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4871 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4873 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4874 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4876 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4877 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4879 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4880 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4882 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4884 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4886 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4887 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4888 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4890 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4891 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4893 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4894 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4896 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4897 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4899 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4901 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4903 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4904 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4907 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4908 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4910 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4911 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4913 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4914 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4916 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4918 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4920 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4921 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4922 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4923 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4924 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4928 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4929 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4930 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4931 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4935 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4936 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4938 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4940 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4941 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4943 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4945 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4947 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4948 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4950 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4952 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4954 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4955 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4956 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4958 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4960 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4961 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4962 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4963 as part of Emacs itself.
4965 Each elements looks like this:
4967 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4969 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4970 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4971 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4972 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4973 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4974 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4975 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4978 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4980 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4981 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4982 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4983 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4984 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4986 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4987 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4988 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4989 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4991 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4993 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4994 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4995 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4996 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4997 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4999 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5000 that were added or redefined since that version.
5002 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5004 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5005 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5006 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5007 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5009 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5010 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5012 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5014 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5015 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5016 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5018 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5019 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5021 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5023 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5024 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5028 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5029 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5033 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5034 Customize all already saved user options.
5038 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5039 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5040 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5041 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5042 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5043 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5045 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5046 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5047 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5048 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5049 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5050 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5052 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5054 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5055 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5056 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5057 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5059 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5061 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5062 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5064 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5066 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5067 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5069 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5071 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5072 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5073 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5074 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5075 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5078 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5080 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5081 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5082 The result includes selecting that window.
5083 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5084 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5085 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5088 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5090 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5091 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5093 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5095 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5096 File used for storing customization information.
5097 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5098 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5099 it should be an absolute file name.
5101 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5102 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5103 something like the following in your init file:
5105 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5108 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5109 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5111 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5112 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5113 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5114 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5115 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5117 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5118 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5119 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5120 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5121 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5122 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5123 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5124 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5125 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5126 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5128 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5130 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5131 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5135 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5136 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5140 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5141 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5142 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5144 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5146 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5147 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5148 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5149 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5150 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5152 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5156 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5157 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
5158 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5160 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5161 Create a custom theme.
5167 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5168 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
5169 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5171 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5172 Mode used for cvs status output.
5178 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5179 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19279 5151))
5180 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5182 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5183 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5185 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5187 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5188 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5189 C++ modes are included.
5191 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5195 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5198 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5199 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5203 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5204 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5205 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5207 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5208 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5210 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5212 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5213 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5214 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5216 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5217 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5218 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5224 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5225 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5226 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
5227 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5229 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5230 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5232 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5234 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5235 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5237 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5239 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5240 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5241 For readability, the table is slightly
5242 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5244 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5245 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5246 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5247 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5248 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5250 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5254 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5255 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
5256 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5257 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5258 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5259 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5260 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5262 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5263 Completion on current word.
5264 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5265 and presents suggestions for completion.
5267 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5268 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5271 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[prefix-argument] \\[prefix-argument]),
5272 then it searches *all* buffers.
5274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5276 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5277 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5279 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5280 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5281 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5282 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5283 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5285 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5286 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5288 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5289 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5290 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5292 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5293 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5295 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5301 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5302 ;;;;;; (19323 49698))
5303 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5305 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5306 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5308 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5312 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19345
5314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5316 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5317 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5318 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5319 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5320 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5326 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19279
5328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5330 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5331 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5333 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5334 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5335 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5337 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5338 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5339 Data lines are not indented.
5344 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5346 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5347 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5348 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5349 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5351 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5354 Extra indentation within blocks.
5356 dcl-continuation-offset
5357 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5360 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5362 dcl-margin-label-offset
5363 Indentation for a label.
5365 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5366 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5368 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5369 dcl-block-end-regexp
5370 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5371 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5372 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5373 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5374 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5376 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5377 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5378 Two such functions are included in the package:
5379 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5380 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5382 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5383 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5384 One such function is included in the package:
5385 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5387 dcl-tab-always-indent
5388 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5389 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5392 dcl-electric-characters
5393 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5396 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5397 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5398 which words trigger electric indentation.
5401 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5402 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5403 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5405 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5406 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5407 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5408 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5410 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5411 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5412 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5413 dcl-imenu-label-call
5414 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5416 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5417 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5418 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5419 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5422 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5424 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5425 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5426 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5428 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5429 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5433 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5434 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5435 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5436 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5437 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5438 \"lined up with the command line\"
5440 Data lines are not indented at all.
5441 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5446 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5447 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5453 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5454 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19279 5149))
5455 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5457 (setq debugger 'debug)
5459 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5460 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5461 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5464 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5465 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5466 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5468 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5470 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5471 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5473 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5475 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5476 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5477 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5478 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5479 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5480 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5482 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5483 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5485 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5487 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5488 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5489 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5490 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5491 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5493 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5497 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5498 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
5499 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5501 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5502 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5506 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5507 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5508 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5509 Upper-case letters are commands.
5511 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5514 The most useful commands are:
5515 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5516 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5517 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5518 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5519 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5520 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5526 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5527 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19323
5529 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5531 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5532 Customization of `columns' group.
5536 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5537 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5539 START and END delimits the text region.
5541 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5543 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5544 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5546 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5548 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5552 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19279
5554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5556 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5557 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5558 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5559 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5560 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5561 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5562 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5564 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5568 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5569 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5570 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5571 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5572 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5573 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5574 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5575 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5576 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5577 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5578 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5579 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5581 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5582 Directories to search when finding external units.
5583 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5584 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5588 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5589 Face used to color delphi comments.
5590 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5591 Face used to color delphi strings.
5592 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5593 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5594 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5595 Face used to color everything else.
5597 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5598 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5600 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5604 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19279
5606 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5608 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5610 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5611 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5612 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5613 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5614 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5615 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5617 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5619 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5620 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5621 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5622 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5624 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5625 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5626 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5633 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5634 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19279 5149))
5635 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5637 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5638 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5640 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5642 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5643 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5644 or nil if there is no parent.
5645 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5646 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5647 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5648 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5649 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5651 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5652 arguments are currently understood:
5654 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5655 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5657 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5658 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5660 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5661 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5663 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5665 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5667 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5668 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5669 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5671 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5672 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5674 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5675 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5676 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5678 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5679 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5681 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5682 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5684 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5686 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5688 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5689 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5690 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5691 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5692 the first time the mode is used.
5694 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5698 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5699 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19279 5148))
5700 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5702 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5703 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5704 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5705 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5706 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5707 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5710 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5712 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5713 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5714 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5715 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5716 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5717 character composition information (if relevant),
5718 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5720 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5724 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5725 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5726 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5727 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19372 27330))
5728 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5730 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5731 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5732 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5734 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5736 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5737 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5738 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5739 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5740 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5741 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5745 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5746 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5747 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5748 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5750 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5752 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5753 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5754 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5756 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5757 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5758 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5760 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5761 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5763 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5764 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5765 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5767 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5768 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5769 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5770 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5772 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5774 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5775 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5777 Handlers are called with argument list
5779 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5781 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5783 desktop-file-version
5784 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5785 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5786 desktop-buffer-point
5788 desktop-buffer-read-only
5789 desktop-buffer-locals
5791 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5792 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5794 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5797 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5799 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5800 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5802 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5804 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5806 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5807 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5808 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5809 List elements must have the form
5811 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5813 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5816 Handlers are called with argument list
5818 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5820 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5822 desktop-file-version
5823 desktop-buffer-file-name
5825 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5826 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5827 desktop-buffer-point
5829 desktop-buffer-read-only
5832 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5833 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5836 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5839 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5841 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5842 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5844 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5846 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5848 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5850 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5852 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5853 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5854 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5858 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5859 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5860 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5861 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5862 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5864 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5866 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5867 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5868 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5872 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5873 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5874 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5875 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5876 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5877 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5878 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5879 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5881 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5883 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5884 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5885 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5889 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5890 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5891 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5892 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5895 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5897 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5898 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5902 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5903 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5909 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5910 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5911 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19279 5150))
5912 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5914 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5915 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5916 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5917 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5918 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5919 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5921 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5923 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5924 Repair a broken attribution line.
5925 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5927 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5929 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5930 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5931 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5932 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5934 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5936 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5937 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5943 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5944 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19299 25154))
5945 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5947 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5948 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5949 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5950 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5951 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5955 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5956 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5957 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5958 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5960 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5961 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5962 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5963 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5965 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5966 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5968 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5969 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5970 calendar-date-style 'european
5971 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5973 \(diary-mail-entries)
5975 # diary-rem.el ends here
5977 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5979 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5980 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5986 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5987 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (19279 5148))
5988 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5990 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
5991 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5993 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5995 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
5996 The command to use to run diff.")
5998 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6000 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6001 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6002 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6003 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6004 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6005 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6007 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6008 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6009 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6011 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6013 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6014 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6015 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6016 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6017 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6018 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6020 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6024 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6025 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
6026 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6028 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6029 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6030 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6033 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6034 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6035 headers for you on-the-fly.
6037 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6038 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6039 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6045 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6046 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6047 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6053 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19279 5151))
6054 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6056 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6057 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6058 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6060 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6064 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-auto-revert-buffer dired-noselect
6065 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-trivial-filenames
6066 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19313 15414))
6067 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6069 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6070 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6071 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6072 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6073 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6074 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6075 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6076 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6078 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6080 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown"))) "\
6081 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6083 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
6084 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6085 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6086 A value of t means move to first file.")
6088 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6090 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6091 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6092 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6093 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6094 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6095 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6097 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6098 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6099 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6100 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6101 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6102 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6103 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6104 list of files to make directory entries for.
6105 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6106 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6107 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6108 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6110 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6112 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6113 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6115 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6116 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6118 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6119 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6121 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6122 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6124 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6126 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6127 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6129 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6131 (defvar dired-auto-revert-buffer nil "\
6132 Automatically revert dired buffer on revisiting.
6133 If t, revisiting an existing dired buffer automatically reverts it.
6134 If its value is a function, call this function with the directory
6135 name as single argument and revert the buffer if it returns non-nil.
6136 Otherwise, a message offering to revert the changed dired buffer
6138 Note that this is not the same as `auto-revert-mode' that
6139 periodically reverts at specified time intervals.")
6141 (custom-autoload 'dired-auto-revert-buffer "dired" t)
6143 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6144 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6145 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6146 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6147 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6148 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6149 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6150 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6151 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6152 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6153 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6154 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6155 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6156 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6157 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6158 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6159 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6160 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6161 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6162 to see why something went wrong.
6163 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6164 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6165 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6166 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6167 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6168 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6169 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6170 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6171 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6172 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6173 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6174 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6175 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6177 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6178 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6179 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6180 again for the directory tree.
6182 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6185 `dired-listing-switches'
6186 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6187 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6190 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6191 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6192 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6193 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6195 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6197 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6198 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6205 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6206 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6210 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6211 ;;;;;; (19299 25154))
6212 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6214 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6215 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6216 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6217 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6218 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6219 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6220 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6224 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6225 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6226 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6228 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6230 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6231 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6233 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6237 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19279
6239 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6241 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6242 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6243 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6244 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6245 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6246 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6248 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6252 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6253 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6254 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6255 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6256 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6257 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19279 5148))
6258 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6260 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6261 Return a new, empty display table.
6265 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6266 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6267 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6268 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6269 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6271 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6273 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6274 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6275 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6276 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6277 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6279 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6281 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6282 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6286 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6287 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6291 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6292 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6296 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6297 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6301 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6302 Display character C using printable string S.
6306 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6307 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6308 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6309 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6311 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6313 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6314 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6315 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6318 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6320 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6321 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6323 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6325 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6326 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6328 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6330 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6331 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6333 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6335 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6336 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6338 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6340 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6341 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6343 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6345 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6346 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6348 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6349 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6351 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6352 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6354 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6355 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6356 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6357 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6359 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6360 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6361 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6368 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6369 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
6370 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6372 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6373 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6374 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6375 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6376 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6377 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6378 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6385 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19279 5148))
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6388 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6389 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6390 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6391 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6392 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6393 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6395 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6396 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6397 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6398 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6399 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6401 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6405 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6406 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19279 5152))
6407 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6409 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6410 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6411 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6412 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6413 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6414 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6415 table and its own syntax table.
6417 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6420 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6422 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6423 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6426 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode)))
6430 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6431 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19323 49698))
6432 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6434 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6435 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6436 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6438 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6440 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6441 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6443 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6444 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6446 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6447 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6448 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6452 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6453 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6454 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6455 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6459 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6466 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19279 5151))
6467 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6469 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6470 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6476 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19279 5148))
6477 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6479 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6481 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6484 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6485 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6491 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19279 5151))
6492 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6494 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6495 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6501 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6502 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
6503 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6505 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6506 Play sounds in message buffers.
6512 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6513 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6514 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19279 5149))
6515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6517 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6519 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6520 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6521 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6522 and toggle command MODE.
6524 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6525 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6526 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6527 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6528 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6529 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6530 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6531 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6534 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6535 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6536 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6537 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6538 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6539 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6540 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6541 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6542 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6543 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6544 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6545 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6546 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6547 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6548 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6549 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6550 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6552 For example, you could write
6553 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6554 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6557 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6559 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6561 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6563 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6564 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6565 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6566 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6567 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6568 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6569 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6570 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6571 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6572 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6573 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6574 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6576 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6577 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6578 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6579 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6580 call another major mode in their body.
6582 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6584 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6585 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6586 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6587 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6588 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6589 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6590 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6592 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6594 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6595 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6596 :inherit Parent keymap.
6598 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6599 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6601 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6603 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6604 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6605 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6606 the constant's documentation.
6608 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6610 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6611 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6612 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6614 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6618 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6619 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19279
6621 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6623 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6625 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6626 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6628 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6629 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6630 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6632 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6633 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6637 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6638 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6642 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6643 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6647 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6648 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6650 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6652 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6654 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6656 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6657 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6659 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6660 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6662 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6664 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6666 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6670 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6671 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6672 computed automatically.
6673 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6677 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6679 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6680 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6681 keyboard equivalent.
6685 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6686 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6690 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6691 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6695 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6696 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6700 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6701 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6705 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6709 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6710 radio: A radio button.
6711 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6712 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6714 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6718 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6719 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6723 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6725 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6726 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6727 as a solid horizontal line.
6729 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6731 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6733 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6736 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6738 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6739 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6740 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6741 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6743 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6745 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6746 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6747 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6748 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6749 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6750 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6752 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6753 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6754 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6756 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6757 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6758 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6760 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6761 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6763 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6767 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6768 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6769 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6770 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6771 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6772 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6773 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6774 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19279 5151))
6775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6777 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6778 Customization for ebnf group.
6782 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6783 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6785 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6787 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6790 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6792 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6794 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6795 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6797 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6798 killed after process termination.
6800 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6802 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6804 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6805 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6807 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6808 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6811 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6812 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6813 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6814 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6816 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6818 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6819 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6820 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6822 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6824 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6825 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6827 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6829 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6832 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6834 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6836 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6837 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6839 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6840 killed after process termination.
6842 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6844 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6846 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6847 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6848 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6849 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6851 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6855 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6856 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6857 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6859 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6861 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6863 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6864 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6866 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6868 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6871 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6873 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6875 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6876 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6878 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6879 killed after EPS generation.
6881 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6883 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6885 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6886 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6888 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6889 The EPS file name has the following form:
6891 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6893 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6894 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6896 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6897 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6898 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6899 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6900 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6902 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6907 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6908 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6910 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6911 The EPS file name has the following form:
6913 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6915 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6916 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6918 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6919 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6920 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6921 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6922 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6924 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6927 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6929 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6931 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6932 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6934 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6936 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6939 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6941 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6943 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6944 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6946 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6947 killed after syntax checking.
6949 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6951 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6953 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6954 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6958 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6959 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6961 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6963 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6964 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6968 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6969 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6971 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6975 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6976 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6978 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6980 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6982 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6985 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6989 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6990 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6992 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6994 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6996 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6997 Set STYLE as the current style.
6999 Returns the old style symbol.
7001 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7005 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7006 Reset current style.
7008 Returns the old style symbol.
7010 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7012 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7014 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7015 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7017 Returns the old style symbol.
7019 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7021 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7023 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7025 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7026 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7028 Returns the old style symbol.
7030 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7032 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7038 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7039 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7040 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7041 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7042 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7043 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7044 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7045 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7046 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7047 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7048 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19279
7050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7052 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7053 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7054 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7055 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7056 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7057 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7059 Tree mode key bindings:
7060 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7064 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7065 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7069 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7070 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7072 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7076 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7077 View declaration of member at point.
7081 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7082 Find declaration of member at point.
7086 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7087 View definition of member at point.
7091 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7092 Find definition of member at point.
7096 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7097 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7101 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7102 View definition of member at point in other window.
7106 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7107 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7111 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7112 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7116 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7117 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7121 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7122 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7126 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7127 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7128 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7129 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7132 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7134 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7135 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7136 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7137 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7139 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7141 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7142 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7143 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7144 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7146 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7148 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7149 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7150 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7152 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7154 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7155 Search for call sites of a member.
7156 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7157 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7158 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7159 looks like a function call to the member.
7161 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7163 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7164 Move backward in the position stack.
7165 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7169 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7170 Move forward in the position stack.
7171 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7175 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7176 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7180 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7181 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7185 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7186 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7187 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7188 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7190 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7192 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7193 Display statistics for a class tree.
7199 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7200 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
7201 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7203 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7204 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7205 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7206 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7208 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7209 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7210 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7212 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7213 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7214 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7216 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7218 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7224 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7225 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19279 5148))
7226 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7228 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7229 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7230 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7232 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7236 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7237 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
7238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7240 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7247 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19323 49698))
7248 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7250 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7251 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7252 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7253 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7254 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7255 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7257 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7259 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7260 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7261 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7262 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7264 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7265 an EDE controlled project.
7267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7271 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7272 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7273 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19279 5149))
7274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7276 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7277 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7278 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7279 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7280 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7282 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7283 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7284 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7285 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7287 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7289 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7290 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7291 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7292 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7294 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7296 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7297 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7298 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7299 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7301 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7303 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7305 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7306 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7307 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7308 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7309 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7311 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7312 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7313 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7314 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7315 instrumented for Edebug.
7317 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7318 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7319 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7320 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7325 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7326 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7330 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7331 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7337 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7338 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7339 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7340 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7341 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7342 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7343 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7344 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7345 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7346 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (19279 5148))
7347 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7349 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7350 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7352 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7354 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7355 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7357 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7359 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7361 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7363 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7364 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7365 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7366 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7370 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7371 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7372 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7373 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7377 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7378 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7380 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7382 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7384 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7385 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7387 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7389 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7391 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7392 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7393 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7394 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7396 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7398 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7400 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7401 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7402 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7403 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7405 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7407 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7409 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7410 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7411 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7412 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7414 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7416 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7418 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7419 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7420 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7421 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7423 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7425 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7427 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7428 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7429 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7430 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7431 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7432 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7434 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7436 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7437 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7438 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7439 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7441 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7443 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7445 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7446 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7447 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7448 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7450 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7452 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7454 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7456 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7457 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7458 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7460 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7461 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7463 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7465 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7466 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7467 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7469 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7470 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7472 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7474 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7475 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7476 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7477 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7478 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7480 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7482 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7483 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7484 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7485 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7486 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7487 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7489 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7491 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7493 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7494 Merge two files without ancestor.
7496 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7498 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7499 Merge two files with ancestor.
7501 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7503 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7505 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7506 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7508 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7510 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7511 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7513 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7515 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7516 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7517 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7520 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7522 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7523 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7524 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7527 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7529 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7530 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7531 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7532 and don't ask the user.
7533 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7534 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7536 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7538 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7539 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7540 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7541 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7542 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7543 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7544 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7545 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7547 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7549 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7551 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7553 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7554 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7555 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7556 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7557 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7559 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7561 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7563 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7564 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7565 When called interactively, displays the version.
7569 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7570 Display Ediff's manual.
7571 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7573 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7577 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7578 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
7579 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7581 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7588 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7589 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
7590 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7592 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7593 Display Ediff's registry.
7597 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7601 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7602 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (19313 15414))
7603 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7605 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7606 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7607 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7612 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7613 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7614 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7615 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7621 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7622 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7623 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
7624 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7626 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7627 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7628 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7630 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7631 Edit a keyboard macro.
7632 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7633 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7634 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7636 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7638 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7640 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7641 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7643 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7645 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7646 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7648 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7650 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7651 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7652 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7653 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7654 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7655 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7657 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7658 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7659 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7660 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7662 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7664 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7665 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7666 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7667 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7668 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7669 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7671 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7675 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7676 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19281 39617))
7677 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7679 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7681 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7682 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7684 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7686 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7687 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7693 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7694 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
7695 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7697 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7698 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7699 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7700 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7701 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7702 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7703 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7705 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7706 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7708 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7709 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7710 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7711 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7713 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7714 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7715 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7717 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7718 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7719 BUFFER is put into default `major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
7721 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7723 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7726 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7730 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7731 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19279 5149))
7732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7734 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7735 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7737 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7739 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7740 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7741 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7742 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7743 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7744 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7745 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7747 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7751 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7752 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7756 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7757 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7758 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7759 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7760 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7761 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7764 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7765 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7766 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7769 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7770 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7774 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19279
7776 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7778 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7779 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7781 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7782 an elided material again.
7784 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7790 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7791 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7792 ;;;;;; (19338 9840))
7793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7795 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7800 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7801 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7802 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7804 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7806 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7807 Lint the current buffer.
7808 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7812 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7813 Lint the function at point.
7814 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7818 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7820 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7821 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7823 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7827 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7828 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19279
7830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7832 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7833 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7834 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7836 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7838 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7839 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7840 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7841 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7843 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7845 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7846 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7847 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7849 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7851 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7853 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7854 Display current profiling results.
7855 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7856 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7863 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7864 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
7865 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7867 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7868 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7869 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7871 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7875 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7876 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7877 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7878 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7879 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (19256 49601))
7880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7882 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7883 Run Emerge on two files.
7885 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7887 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7888 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7890 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7892 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7893 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7895 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7897 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7898 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7900 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7902 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7907 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7912 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7915 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7917 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7920 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7922 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7923 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7925 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7927 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7928 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7930 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7932 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7935 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7939 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7940 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19279 5152))
7941 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7943 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7944 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7945 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7946 text/enriched format.
7947 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7949 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7950 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7954 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7958 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
7961 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7963 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
7966 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7970 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
7971 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
7972 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
7973 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
7974 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
7975 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19279
7977 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
7979 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
7980 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
7982 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7984 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
7985 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
7987 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7989 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
7990 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
7991 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
7992 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
7993 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
7994 the keys are listed.
7995 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
7997 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
7999 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8004 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8009 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8010 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8012 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8014 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8015 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8017 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8019 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8020 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8022 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8023 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8024 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8025 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8026 should consider using the string based counterpart
8027 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8028 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8032 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8033 (decode-coding-string
8034 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8037 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8039 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8040 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8042 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8043 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8045 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8047 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8048 Verify the current region between START and END.
8050 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8051 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8052 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8053 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8054 should consider using the string based counterpart
8055 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8056 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8060 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8061 (decode-coding-string
8062 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8065 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8067 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8068 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8069 between START and END.
8071 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8072 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8074 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8076 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8077 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8079 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8080 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8081 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8082 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8083 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8084 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8088 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8091 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8093 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8095 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8096 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8098 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8099 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8100 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8101 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8102 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8103 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8107 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8110 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8113 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8115 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8116 Delete selected KEYS.
8118 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8120 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8121 Import keys from FILE.
8125 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8126 Import keys from the region.
8128 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8130 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8131 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8132 between START and END.
8134 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8136 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8137 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8139 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8141 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8142 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8148 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8149 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19279 5148))
8150 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8152 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8153 Decrypt marked files.
8157 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8158 Verify marked files.
8162 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8167 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8168 Encrypt marked files.
8174 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8175 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19279 5148))
8176 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8178 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8181 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8183 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8188 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8195 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8196 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8197 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19279 5148))
8198 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8200 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8201 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8205 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8206 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8207 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8209 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8213 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8214 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8215 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8217 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8221 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8222 Sign the current buffer.
8223 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8225 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8227 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8229 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8230 Encrypt the current buffer.
8231 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8233 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8235 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8237 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8238 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8239 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8241 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8245 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8246 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8247 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8250 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8252 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8254 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8255 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8261 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19279 5148))
8262 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8264 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8265 Return a context object.
8267 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8271 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8272 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19356 10801))
8273 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8275 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8276 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8280 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8281 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8283 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8285 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8286 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8288 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8292 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8293 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19299 25154))
8294 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8296 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8297 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8301 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8302 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8303 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8305 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8307 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8308 (server (erc-compute-server))
8309 (port (erc-compute-port))
8310 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8312 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8314 That is, if called with
8316 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8318 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8319 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8320 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8322 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8324 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8326 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8327 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8328 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8329 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8331 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19279
8337 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8338 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19279 5150))
8343 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8344 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19279 5150))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8350 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19279 5150))
8355 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8356 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8360 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8361 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19279 5150))
8362 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8363 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8365 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8366 Parser for /dcc command.
8367 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8368 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8369 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8371 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8373 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8374 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8378 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8379 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8381 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8382 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8383 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8386 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8390 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8391 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8392 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8393 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8394 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8395 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8397 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8398 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8400 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8402 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8403 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8404 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8405 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8407 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8409 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8412 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8414 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8415 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8417 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8419 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8420 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8422 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8424 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8425 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8427 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8429 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8430 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8432 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8434 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8435 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8437 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8439 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8440 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8442 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8444 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8445 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8449 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8450 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8456 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19279
8458 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8459 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8461 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8462 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8463 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19279
8471 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8472 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8476 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8477 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19279 5150))
8478 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8479 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8481 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8482 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8483 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8484 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8485 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8486 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8489 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8491 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8494 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8498 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8499 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8500 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8502 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19279 5150))
8510 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8511 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19279 5150))
8516 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8517 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8521 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8522 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19279 5150))
8523 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8524 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8526 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8527 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8528 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8529 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8530 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8531 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8533 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8535 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8536 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8537 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8538 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8540 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8541 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8544 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8545 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8547 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8551 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8552 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8553 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8554 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8555 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8556 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8558 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8559 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8563 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8564 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8568 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8569 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8573 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8574 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8578 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8579 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8583 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8584 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8588 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8589 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8593 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8594 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19279 5150))
8601 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8602 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8606 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8607 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8608 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8609 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8611 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8618 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8619 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19279 5150))
8620 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8622 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8623 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8624 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8625 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8629 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8630 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8636 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8637 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19279 5150))
8638 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8639 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8641 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8642 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8643 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8644 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8646 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8648 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19279 5150))
8656 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8657 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19279
8663 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8664 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19279 5150))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8670 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19279 5150))
8675 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8676 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8680 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8681 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19313 15414))
8682 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8683 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8685 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8686 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8690 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8691 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8692 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8694 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19279 5150))
8699 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8700 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8705 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8708 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8709 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8710 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19279
8718 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8719 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19279 5150))
8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8725 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8729 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8730 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8731 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8733 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8734 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8735 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8737 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8739 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8740 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8743 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8744 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8745 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8748 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8752 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8753 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19279 5150))
8754 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8755 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8757 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8758 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8759 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8760 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8762 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8764 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8765 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8766 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8772 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8773 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8775 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8777 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8778 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8784 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19279
8786 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8788 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8789 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8797 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19279
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8801 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8802 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8808 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8809 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19330 37505))
8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8812 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8813 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8814 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8815 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8816 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8817 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8818 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8819 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8820 buffer selected (or created).
8822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8824 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8825 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8826 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8828 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8830 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8831 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8832 The result might be any Lisp object.
8833 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8834 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8835 corresponding to a successful execution.
8837 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8839 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8843 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8844 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8845 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8846 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8847 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8848 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8849 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8850 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8853 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8854 *File name of tags table.
8855 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8856 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8857 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8858 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8860 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8861 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8862 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8863 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8865 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8867 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8868 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8869 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8870 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8871 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8872 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8874 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8876 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8877 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8878 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8879 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8880 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8881 `auto-compression-mode').")
8883 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8885 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8886 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8887 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8888 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8889 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8891 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8893 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8894 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8895 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8896 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8898 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8900 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8901 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8902 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8903 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8904 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8906 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8908 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8909 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8913 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8914 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8915 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8916 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8918 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8919 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8920 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8921 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8922 file the tag was in.
8924 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8926 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8927 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8928 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8929 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8930 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8931 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8932 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8933 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8934 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8936 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8938 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8939 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8940 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8941 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8942 without directory names.
8946 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
8947 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8948 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8949 but does not select the buffer.
8950 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8952 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8953 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8954 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8955 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8956 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8958 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8960 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8961 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8962 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8964 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8966 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8968 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
8969 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8970 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8971 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8973 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8974 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8975 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8976 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8977 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8979 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8981 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8982 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8983 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8985 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8987 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8988 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8990 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
8991 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8992 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8993 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8994 around or before point.
8996 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8997 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8998 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8999 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9000 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9002 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9004 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9005 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9006 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9008 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9010 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9011 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9013 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9014 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9015 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9016 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9017 around or before point.
9019 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9020 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9021 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9022 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9023 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9025 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9027 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9028 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9029 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9031 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9033 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9034 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9036 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9037 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9038 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9040 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9041 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9042 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9043 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9044 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9046 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9048 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9049 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9050 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9052 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9054 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9055 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9056 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9058 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9059 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9061 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9062 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9063 where they were found.
9067 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9068 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9070 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9071 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9072 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9074 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9075 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9077 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9078 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9080 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9082 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9083 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9084 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9085 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9087 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9088 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9089 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9090 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9091 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9093 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9094 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9096 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9097 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9098 Stops when a match is found.
9099 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9101 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9103 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9105 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9106 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9107 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9108 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9109 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9110 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9111 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9112 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9114 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9115 produce the list of files to search.
9117 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9119 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9121 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9122 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9123 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9124 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9125 directory specification.
9127 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9129 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9130 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9132 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9134 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9135 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9136 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9137 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9141 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9142 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9143 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9144 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9145 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9151 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9152 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9153 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9154 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9155 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9156 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9157 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9158 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
9159 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9161 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9166 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9167 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9169 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9170 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9172 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9173 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9176 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9177 even if the buffer is read-only.
9179 See also the descriptions of the variables
9180 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9182 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9184 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9185 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9187 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9188 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9190 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9191 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9194 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9195 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9197 See also the descriptions of the variables
9198 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9200 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9202 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9203 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9204 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9205 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9207 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9209 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9210 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9211 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9212 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9214 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9215 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9218 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9219 buffer is read-only.
9221 See also the descriptions of the variables
9222 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9223 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9225 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9227 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9228 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9230 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9231 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9233 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9234 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9235 the primary language.
9237 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9238 buffer is read-only.
9240 See also the descriptions of the variables
9241 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9242 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9244 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9246 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9247 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9248 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9250 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9252 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9253 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9257 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9258 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9260 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9261 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9264 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9265 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9266 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9268 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9270 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9272 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9273 This function is deprecated.
9277 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9278 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9282 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9283 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9287 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9288 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9290 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9291 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9293 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9294 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9298 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9299 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9303 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9304 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9308 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9309 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9313 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9314 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9315 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9319 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9322 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9326 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9327 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9328 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
9329 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9331 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9332 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9333 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9334 server for future sessions.
9336 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9338 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9339 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9340 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9342 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9344 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9345 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9346 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9348 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9350 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9351 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9352 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9353 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9354 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9355 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9356 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9357 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9358 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9359 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9360 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9361 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9363 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9365 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9366 Display a form to query the directory server.
9367 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9368 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9370 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9372 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9373 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9374 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9378 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9382 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9383 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9384 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19279 5151))
9385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9387 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9388 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9390 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9392 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9393 Display URL and make it clickable.
9397 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9398 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9400 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9402 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9403 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9405 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9407 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9408 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9410 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9412 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9413 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9415 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9419 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9420 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19279 5151))
9421 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9423 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9424 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9425 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9429 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9430 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9436 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9437 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
9438 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9440 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9441 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9447 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19279
9449 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9451 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9452 Create an empty ewoc.
9454 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9456 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9457 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9458 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9459 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9460 `insert-before-markers'.
9462 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9463 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9464 respectively, of the ewoc.
9466 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9467 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9468 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9470 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9474 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9475 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9476 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9477 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
9478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9480 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9481 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9482 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9484 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9486 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9487 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9488 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9489 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9490 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9492 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9494 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9495 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9496 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9497 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9498 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9501 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9503 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9504 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9505 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9509 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9510 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9511 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9518 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9519 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9520 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
9521 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9523 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9524 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9525 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9526 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9528 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9530 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9531 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9532 to generate such functions.
9534 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9535 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9536 beginning of the expanded text.
9538 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9539 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9540 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9541 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9543 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9545 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9547 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9548 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9549 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9553 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9554 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9555 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9559 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9560 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9561 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9564 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9565 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9569 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19326 6129))
9570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9572 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9573 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9574 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9576 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9577 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9578 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9580 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9585 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9588 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9590 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9592 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9593 `f90-program-indent'
9594 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9596 `f90-continuation-indent'
9597 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9598 `f90-comment-region'
9599 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9600 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9601 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9602 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9604 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9605 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9606 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9607 `f90-break-delimiters'
9608 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9609 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9610 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9611 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9613 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9614 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9616 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9617 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9618 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9619 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9620 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9621 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9623 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9625 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9626 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9632 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9633 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9634 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9635 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19358
9637 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9639 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
9640 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9642 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9643 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9645 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9646 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9647 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9648 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9649 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9650 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9651 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9653 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9654 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9655 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9657 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9659 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
9660 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9662 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
9664 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
9665 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9666 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9667 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9668 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9669 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9671 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9673 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
9674 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9675 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9677 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9678 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9679 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9684 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
9685 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9686 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9688 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9689 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9690 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9691 will remove any scaling currently active.
9695 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
9696 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9697 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9700 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9701 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9702 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9703 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9705 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
9706 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9708 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9709 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9711 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9712 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9713 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9715 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9716 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9717 is one of the above.
9719 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9720 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9721 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9722 will remove any scaling currently active.
9724 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9725 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9726 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9727 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9728 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9732 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
9733 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9734 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9735 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9739 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
9740 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9741 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9742 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9743 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9745 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9746 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9748 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9750 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
9751 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9752 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9753 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9755 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9756 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9757 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9758 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9760 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9761 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9763 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9765 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
9766 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9767 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9768 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9774 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9775 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9776 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19256 49601))
9777 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9779 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
9780 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9781 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9782 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9786 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
9787 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9791 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
9792 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9793 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9794 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9798 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
9799 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9800 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9801 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9802 backup file names and the like).
9804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9806 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
9807 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9808 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9809 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9810 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9811 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9812 internally by feedmail):
9814 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9815 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9816 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9817 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9819 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9820 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9821 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9822 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9823 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9825 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9829 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9830 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19321 4517))
9831 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9833 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
9834 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9835 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9836 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9837 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9838 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9839 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9841 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9843 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
9844 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9845 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9846 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9847 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9848 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9849 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9851 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9853 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
9855 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
9856 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
9857 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9858 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9859 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9860 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9862 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9864 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
9865 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
9866 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9868 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9869 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9874 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
9875 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9876 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9878 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9880 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
9881 Try to get a file name at point.
9882 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
9884 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
9885 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9891 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9892 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9893 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9894 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19279 5148))
9895 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9897 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
9898 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9899 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9900 be added to the cache.
9902 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9904 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
9905 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9906 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9907 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9908 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9910 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9912 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
9913 Add FILE to the file cache.
9917 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
9918 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9919 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9921 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9923 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
9924 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9925 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9927 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
9929 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
9930 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9931 This function does not use any external programs
9932 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9933 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9934 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9936 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9938 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
9939 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9940 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9941 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9942 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9943 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9944 \(directories) is done.
9950 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
9951 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
9952 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
9953 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
9954 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19279 5148))
9955 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
9957 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9958 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
9960 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9961 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
9962 Local Variables list.
9964 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
9965 then this function adds the first line containing the string
9966 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
9968 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9970 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9971 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
9973 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9975 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9976 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
9978 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9979 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
9982 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
9983 then this function adds it.
9985 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9987 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9988 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
9990 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9992 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9993 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
9995 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9997 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9998 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10000 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10002 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10003 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10007 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10008 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10012 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10013 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10019 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19279
10021 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10023 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10024 Filesets initialization.
10025 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10031 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19279 38446))
10032 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10034 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10035 Initiate the building of a find command.
10038 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10039 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10041 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10043 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10044 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10046 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10050 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10051 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10052 ;;;;;; (19375 49830))
10053 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10055 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (purecopy '("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10056 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10057 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10058 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10059 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10061 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10063 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
10064 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10065 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10066 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10067 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10069 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10071 (defvar find-grep-options (purecopy (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q")) "\
10072 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10073 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10074 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10076 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10078 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10079 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10080 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10082 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10084 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10085 as the final argument.
10087 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10089 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10090 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10091 and run dired on those files.
10092 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10093 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10095 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10097 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10099 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10100 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10101 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10103 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10105 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10107 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10111 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10112 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10113 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
10114 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10116 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10117 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10118 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10119 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10120 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10121 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10122 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10124 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10125 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10126 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10128 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10130 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10132 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10134 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10135 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10136 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10138 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10139 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10141 Variables of interest include:
10143 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10144 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10145 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10147 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10148 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10149 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10151 - `ff-ignore-include'
10152 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10154 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10155 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10158 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10160 - `ff-special-constructs'
10161 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10162 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10163 extracting the filename from that construct.
10165 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10166 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10168 - `ff-search-directories'
10169 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10170 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10172 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10173 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10175 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10176 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10178 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10179 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10181 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10182 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10184 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10185 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10187 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10189 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10190 Visit the file you click on.
10192 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10194 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10195 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10197 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10201 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10202 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10203 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10204 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10205 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10206 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10207 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19279 5149))
10208 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10210 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10211 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10212 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10214 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10216 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10217 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10218 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10219 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10221 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10222 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10223 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10224 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10226 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10228 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10229 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10231 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10232 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10233 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10234 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10236 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10237 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10240 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10242 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10243 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10245 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10246 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10247 places point before the definition.
10248 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10250 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10251 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10252 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10254 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10256 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10257 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10259 See `find-function' for more details.
10261 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10263 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10264 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10266 See `find-function' for more details.
10268 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10270 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10271 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10273 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10274 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10275 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10277 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10278 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10280 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10282 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10283 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10285 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10286 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10287 places point before the definition.
10289 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10291 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10292 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10293 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10295 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10297 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10298 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10300 See `find-variable' for more details.
10302 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10304 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10305 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10307 See `find-variable' for more details.
10309 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10311 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10312 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10313 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10314 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10315 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10316 buffer nor display it.
10318 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10319 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10321 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10323 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10324 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10326 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10327 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10328 places point before the definition.
10330 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10332 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10333 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10334 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10338 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10339 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10340 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10344 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10345 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10349 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10350 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10354 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10355 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10361 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10362 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19279 5148))
10363 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10365 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10366 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10368 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10370 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10371 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10375 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10376 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10378 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10382 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10383 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19368 35187))
10384 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10386 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10387 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10391 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10392 Display FILE's commentary section.
10393 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10397 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10398 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10404 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10405 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19279 5148))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10408 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10409 Toggle flow control handling.
10410 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10411 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10413 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10415 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10416 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10417 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10418 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10419 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10420 to get the effect of a C-q.
10422 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10426 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10427 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
10428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10430 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10433 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10435 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10438 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10442 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10443 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19299 25155))
10444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10446 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10447 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10448 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10449 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10453 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10454 Turn flymake mode on.
10458 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10459 Turn flymake mode off.
10465 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10466 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10468 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19370 36541))
10469 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
10470 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19352 21362))
10472 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19369 7847))
10473 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
10474 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10476 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10477 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10480 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10482 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10483 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10484 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10485 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10486 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10487 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10488 otherwise turn it off.
10491 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10492 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10493 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10494 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10497 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10500 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10501 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10502 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10504 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10506 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10507 in your .emacs file.
10509 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10510 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10514 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10515 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10519 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10520 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10524 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10525 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10529 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10530 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10532 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10534 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10535 Flyspell whole buffer.
10541 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10542 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10543 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
10544 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10546 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10547 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10551 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10552 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10556 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10557 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10559 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10560 of two major techniques:
10562 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10563 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10564 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10566 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10567 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10568 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10571 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10572 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10573 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10574 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10575 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10578 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10579 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10581 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10583 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10584 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10585 \(This is the default.)
10587 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10589 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10590 \\{follow-mode-map}
10592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10594 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10595 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10597 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10598 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10599 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10600 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10601 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10602 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10604 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10605 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10606 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10608 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10609 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10610 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10616 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19279
10618 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10620 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10621 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10622 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10623 started, play around with the following keys:
10624 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10630 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10631 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19279 5148))
10632 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10634 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10635 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10637 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10638 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10639 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10640 C-c < forms-first-record <
10641 C-c > forms-last-record >
10642 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10643 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10644 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10645 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10646 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10647 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10648 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10649 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10650 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10651 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10653 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10655 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10656 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10660 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10661 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10667 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10668 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
10669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10671 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
10672 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10673 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10675 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10676 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10678 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10681 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10683 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10685 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10686 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10687 `fortran-do-indent'
10688 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10689 `fortran-if-indent'
10690 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10691 `fortran-structure-indent'
10692 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10694 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10695 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10696 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10697 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10698 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10699 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10700 nil don't change the indentation
10701 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10703 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10704 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10705 depending on the continuation format in use.
10706 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10707 indentation for a line of code.
10709 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10710 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10711 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10712 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10713 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10714 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10715 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10716 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10717 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10718 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10720 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10721 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10722 statements (default nil).
10723 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10724 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10725 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10726 `fortran-continuation-string'
10727 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10728 line (default \"$\").
10729 `fortran-comment-region'
10730 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10731 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10732 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10733 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10734 as typed (default t).
10735 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10736 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10738 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10739 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10745 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10746 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19279 5151))
10747 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10749 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
10750 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10752 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10753 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10755 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10757 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
10758 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10760 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10761 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10763 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10765 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
10766 Compile fortune file.
10768 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10769 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10771 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10773 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
10774 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10776 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10777 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10778 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10779 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10781 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10783 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
10784 Display a fortune cookie.
10786 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10787 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10788 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10789 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10791 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10796 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
10797 ;;;;;; (19375 49830))
10798 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
10800 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
10801 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10803 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
10805 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
10806 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
10807 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
10808 ;;;;;; (19352 21362))
10809 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10811 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
10813 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
10814 ;;;;;; (19372 60979))
10815 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10817 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
10818 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
10819 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10820 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10821 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10823 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10824 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10825 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10826 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10828 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10829 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
10830 shown in some of the buffers.
10832 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10834 The following commands help control operation :
10836 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10837 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10839 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10840 detailed description of this mode.
10843 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10845 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10846 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10850 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10851 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
10852 | | (comint-mode) |
10859 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10860 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
10861 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
10862 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
10863 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
10864 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10866 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10870 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10871 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19279
10873 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10875 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10876 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10877 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10878 instead (which see).")
10880 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
10881 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10883 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10884 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10885 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10886 documentation string instead.
10888 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10889 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10890 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10891 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10892 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10893 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10894 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10895 enders are actually possible.
10897 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10898 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10900 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10901 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10902 `font-lock-keywords'.
10904 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10905 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10906 runs the macro expansion.
10908 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10909 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10910 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10912 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10914 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10916 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
10917 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10919 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10921 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
10922 Enter generic mode MODE.
10924 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10925 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10926 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10928 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10929 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10933 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
10934 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10935 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10936 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10937 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10938 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10939 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10940 `font-lock-keywords'.
10942 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
10946 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10947 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
10948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10950 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
10951 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10952 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10953 at places they belong to.
10955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10959 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
10960 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
10961 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
10962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
10964 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
10965 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
10966 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
10968 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
10970 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
10971 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
10973 Guideline for numbers:
10975 3 - non-serious error messages
10976 5 - messages for things that take a long time
10977 7 - not very important messages on stuff
10978 9 - messages inside loops.
10980 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10982 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
10983 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
10984 ARGS are passed to `message'.
10986 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10988 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
10989 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
10991 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10993 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
10994 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
10996 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
10997 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
10998 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
10999 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11000 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11001 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11003 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11004 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11005 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11006 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11007 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11009 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11011 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11015 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11016 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19279 5150))
11017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11018 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11019 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11021 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11022 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11026 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11028 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11029 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11030 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11031 name of an NNTP server to use.
11032 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11035 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11037 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11038 Read news as a slave.
11040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11042 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11043 Pop up a frame to read news.
11044 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11045 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11046 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11047 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11048 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11049 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11050 current display is used.
11052 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11054 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11056 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11057 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11058 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11060 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11064 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11065 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11066 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11067 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11068 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11069 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19368 35187))
11070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11072 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11073 Start Gnus unplugged.
11077 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11078 Start Gnus plugged.
11082 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11083 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11087 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11088 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11090 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11091 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11092 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11094 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11095 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11096 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11100 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11101 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11105 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11106 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11107 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11108 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11109 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11112 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11114 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11115 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11116 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11117 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11118 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11121 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11123 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11124 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11128 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11129 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11130 downloaded into the agent.
11132 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11134 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11135 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11136 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11137 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11139 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11141 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11142 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11146 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11147 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11151 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11152 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11153 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11155 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11159 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11160 ;;;;;; (19368 35187))
11161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11163 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11164 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11170 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11171 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11174 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11175 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11181 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11182 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19279 5150))
11183 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11185 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11186 Set a bookmark for this article.
11190 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11191 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11193 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11195 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11196 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11197 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11198 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11199 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11205 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11206 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11207 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19279
11209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11211 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11212 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11215 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11219 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11220 Generate the cache active file.
11222 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11224 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11225 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11229 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11230 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11231 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11232 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11233 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11236 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11238 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11239 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11240 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11241 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11242 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11245 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11249 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11250 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19279 5150))
11251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11253 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11254 Delay this article by some time.
11255 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11257 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11258 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11260 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11261 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11263 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11264 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11266 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11268 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11269 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11273 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11274 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11275 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11276 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11278 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11279 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11281 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11285 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11286 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19279 38446))
11287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11289 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11292 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11294 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11297 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11301 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11302 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11305 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11306 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11312 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11313 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11316 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11317 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11323 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11324 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11325 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19279
11327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11329 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11330 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11334 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11335 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11339 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11340 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11342 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11343 different input formats.
11347 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11348 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11350 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11351 different input formats.
11355 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11356 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11357 The PNG is returned as a string.
11359 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11361 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11362 Convert FILE to a Face.
11363 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11366 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11370 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11371 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19279 5150))
11372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11374 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11375 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11376 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11377 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11379 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11381 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11382 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11384 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11388 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11389 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11390 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11392 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11394 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11395 Run batched scoring.
11396 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11402 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11403 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11404 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11407 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11412 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11413 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11414 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11416 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11418 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11419 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11421 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11427 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11428 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11429 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11430 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11432 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11433 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11434 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11435 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11438 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11439 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11440 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11441 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11443 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11444 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11445 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11446 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11447 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11448 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11449 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11450 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11451 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11452 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11454 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11456 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11457 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11458 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11461 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11462 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11464 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11466 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11467 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11468 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11470 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11474 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11475 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11476 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11478 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11480 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11481 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11482 existing groups are considered.
11484 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11485 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11488 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11489 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11490 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11491 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11492 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11493 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11494 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11495 clauses will be generated.
11497 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11498 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11499 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11500 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11501 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11502 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11504 For example, given the following group parameters:
11507 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11508 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11510 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11511 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11512 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11513 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11515 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11517 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11519 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11521 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11522 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11525 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11529 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11530 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11531 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11533 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
11534 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11535 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11537 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11541 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11542 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19279 5150))
11543 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11545 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11546 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11547 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11548 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11550 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11552 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11555 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11557 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11558 Like `message-reply'.
11560 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11562 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11566 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11567 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (19279 5150))
11568 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11570 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
11571 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11575 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
11576 Load the NoCeM cache.
11582 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11583 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11584 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11585 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11587 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11588 Display picons in the From header.
11589 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11593 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11594 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11595 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11599 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11600 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11601 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11607 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11608 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11609 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11610 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11611 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19279 5150))
11612 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11614 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11615 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11616 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11617 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11619 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11621 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11622 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11623 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11626 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11628 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11629 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11630 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11632 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11634 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11637 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11639 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11640 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11641 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11643 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11645 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11646 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11647 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11649 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11651 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11653 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11654 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11655 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11657 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11659 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11660 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11661 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11663 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11665 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11666 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11667 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11669 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11671 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11672 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11674 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11678 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11679 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19368 35187))
11680 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11682 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
11683 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11687 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
11688 Install the registry hooks.
11694 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11695 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19279
11697 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11699 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
11700 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11701 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11702 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11703 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11704 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11708 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
11709 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11710 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11711 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11712 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11716 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
11723 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11724 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11727 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
11728 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11729 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11730 for matching on group names.
11732 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11733 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11735 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11737 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11743 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11744 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11747 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
11748 Update the format specification near point.
11754 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11755 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (19279
11757 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11759 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
11760 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11762 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11764 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
11771 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11772 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11773 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11775 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
11776 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11778 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11782 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19279 5151))
11783 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11785 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
11786 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11788 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11789 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11790 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11792 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11793 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11794 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11796 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11797 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11799 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11800 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11802 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11804 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11808 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11809 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19356
11811 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11813 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
11815 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
11816 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11817 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11818 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11819 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11821 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11823 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
11824 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11825 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11827 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11828 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11830 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11831 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11834 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
11836 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
11837 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11841 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
11842 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11848 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11849 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11850 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19304 5068))
11851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11853 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11854 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11856 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
11858 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11859 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11860 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11861 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11862 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11864 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11865 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11866 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11868 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
11870 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11871 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11872 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11873 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11874 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11876 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
11878 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11879 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11881 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
11883 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
11884 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11886 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
11887 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11888 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11890 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
11891 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11892 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11894 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
11895 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11896 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11897 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11899 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11900 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11901 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11902 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11903 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11905 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11907 (defvar grep-history nil)
11909 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11911 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
11912 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11913 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11917 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
11922 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
11923 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11927 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
11928 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11929 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11930 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11933 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11934 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11936 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11937 can easily repeat a grep command.
11939 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11940 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11941 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11944 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11946 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
11947 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11948 Collect output in a buffer.
11949 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11950 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11952 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11953 easily repeat a find command.
11955 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11957 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
11959 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
11960 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
11961 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11962 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11963 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11965 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11966 before it is executed.
11967 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
11969 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
11970 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11971 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11973 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
11975 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11977 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
11978 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11979 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11980 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11981 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11983 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11984 before it is executed.
11985 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
11987 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
11988 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11989 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11991 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
11993 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11995 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
11996 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
11997 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
11998 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12000 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12002 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12006 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19279 5148))
12007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12009 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12010 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12011 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12012 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12013 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12015 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12019 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12020 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19374 384))
12021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12023 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12024 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12025 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12026 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12028 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12030 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12031 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12032 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12033 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12035 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12037 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12038 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12039 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12040 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12042 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12044 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12045 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12046 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12047 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12049 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12050 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12052 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12054 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12055 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12056 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12057 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12059 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12061 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12062 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12063 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12064 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12066 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12068 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12069 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12070 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12071 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12072 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12074 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12075 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12076 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12077 original source file access method.
12079 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12080 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12082 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12083 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12085 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit") 'gdb-script-mode))
12087 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12088 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12092 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12093 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12094 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12095 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12096 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12097 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12099 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12101 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12102 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12108 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19279
12110 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12112 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12113 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12114 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12115 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12117 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12118 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12119 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12120 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12126 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12127 ;;;;;; (19256 49601))
12128 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12130 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12131 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12133 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12135 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12136 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12137 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12138 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12140 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12144 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12145 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12146 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12147 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12154 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12155 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12156 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19365 25156))
12157 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12159 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12160 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12164 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12165 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12166 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12170 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12171 Verify a hashcash payment
12173 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12175 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12176 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12177 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12178 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12179 `mail-add-payment-async').
12181 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12183 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12184 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12185 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12186 Calculation is asynchronous.
12188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12190 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12191 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12192 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12198 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12199 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12200 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12201 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19279 5148))
12202 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12204 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12205 Return the help-echo string at point.
12206 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12207 property, or nil, is returned.
12208 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12209 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12210 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12212 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12214 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12215 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12216 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12217 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12218 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12222 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12223 Display local help in the echo area.
12224 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12225 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12226 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12229 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12230 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12231 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12235 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12236 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12237 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12241 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12242 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12243 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12247 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12248 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12249 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12250 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12251 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12252 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12253 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12254 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12255 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12256 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12257 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12259 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12260 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12261 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12262 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12263 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12265 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12266 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12267 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12268 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12269 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12270 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12271 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12272 The default is `never'.")
12274 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12276 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12277 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12278 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12279 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12280 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12281 considered different regions.
12283 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12284 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12285 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12286 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12287 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12288 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12289 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12290 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12291 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12293 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12295 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12296 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12297 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12298 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12301 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12302 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12303 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12304 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12305 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12306 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12307 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12308 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12310 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12311 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12312 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12313 rarely happens in practice.
12315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12317 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12318 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12319 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12320 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12321 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12322 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12328 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12329 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12330 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12331 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
12332 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12334 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12335 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12337 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12339 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12340 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12341 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12343 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12345 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12346 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12347 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12348 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12349 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12350 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12351 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12352 search for a function definition.
12354 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12355 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12356 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12357 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12358 suitable file is found, return nil.
12360 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12362 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12365 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12367 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12368 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12369 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12370 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12372 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12374 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12375 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12376 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12377 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12378 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12379 it is displayed along with the global value.
12381 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12383 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12384 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12385 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12386 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12388 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12390 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12391 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12392 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12393 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12394 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12396 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12400 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12401 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
12402 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12404 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12405 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12406 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12407 window listing and describing the options.
12408 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12409 gives the window that lists the options.")
12411 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12415 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12416 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12417 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19279
12419 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12421 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12422 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12423 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12429 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12434 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12439 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12440 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12442 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12443 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12444 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12445 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12447 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12448 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12449 restore it properly when going back.
12451 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12453 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12454 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12455 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12457 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12458 exists, it is created.
12462 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12463 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12465 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12466 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12467 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12468 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12469 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12470 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12471 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12472 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12474 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12475 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12476 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12477 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12479 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12480 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12483 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12485 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12486 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12487 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12488 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12489 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12490 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12492 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12494 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12495 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12496 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12497 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12498 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12500 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12502 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12503 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12505 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12509 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12510 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19279 5149))
12511 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12513 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12514 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12518 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12519 Provide help for current mode.
12525 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12526 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19279 38446))
12527 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12529 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12530 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12531 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12532 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12533 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12535 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12536 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12538 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12539 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12540 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12541 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12543 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12544 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12547 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12552 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12553 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12554 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12555 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12556 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12557 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12558 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12559 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12560 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12561 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12562 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12563 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12564 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12565 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12566 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12568 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12569 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12570 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12572 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12575 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12577 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12578 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12579 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12581 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12582 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12583 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12585 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12586 into the buffer at the current point.
12588 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12589 into the buffer at the current point.
12591 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12592 into the buffer at the current point.
12594 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12596 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12597 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12599 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12601 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12605 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12606 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12607 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12608 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12610 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12612 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12613 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12614 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12620 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12621 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12622 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12623 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
12624 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12626 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12627 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12629 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12630 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12631 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12632 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12633 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12634 called interactively, are:
12636 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12637 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12639 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12640 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12641 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12642 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12644 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12645 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12647 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12648 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12650 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12651 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12652 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12653 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12654 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12655 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12656 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12657 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12658 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12659 function returns t.
12661 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12662 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12664 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12665 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12668 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12669 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12670 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12671 Patterns will be read until
12673 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12677 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12678 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12679 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12681 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12682 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12684 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
12686 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12687 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12688 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12690 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12691 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12692 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12696 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
12698 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12699 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12701 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12702 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12703 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12704 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12705 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12707 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12709 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
12711 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12712 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12714 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12715 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12716 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12717 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12718 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12720 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12722 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
12724 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12725 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12727 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12728 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12730 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12732 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
12734 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12735 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12737 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12738 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12739 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12740 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12741 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12743 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12745 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
12746 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12748 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12749 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12750 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12756 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12757 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
12758 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12760 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
12761 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12762 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12763 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12764 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12765 how the hiding is done:
12768 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12769 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12772 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12773 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12774 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12775 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12776 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12779 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12780 #endif lines when hiding.
12782 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12783 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12786 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12787 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12788 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12790 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12796 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12797 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
12798 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12800 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
12801 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12802 Each element has the form
12803 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12805 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12806 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12808 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12809 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12811 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12812 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12813 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12814 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12815 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12816 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12818 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12819 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12821 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12822 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12824 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12825 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12826 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12828 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
12829 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12830 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12831 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12832 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12834 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12835 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12836 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12838 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12839 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12841 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12844 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12848 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
12849 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12855 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12856 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12857 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12858 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12859 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19279
12861 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12863 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12864 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12866 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12868 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12869 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12870 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12873 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12874 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12875 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12876 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12877 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12878 through various faces.
12879 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12880 buffer with the contents of a file
12881 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12885 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12886 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12888 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12889 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12890 in a distinctive face.
12892 The default value can be customized with variable
12893 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12895 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12899 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
12900 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12901 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12903 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12905 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
12906 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12910 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
12911 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12915 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
12916 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12918 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12919 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12920 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12921 shown in the last face in the list.
12923 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12924 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12925 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12927 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12931 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
12932 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12934 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12936 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12939 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12940 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12942 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12943 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12944 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12946 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12948 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
12949 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12951 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12952 this function is called interactively.
12954 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12955 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12956 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12958 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12959 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12960 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12962 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12964 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
12965 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
12966 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12967 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12968 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12969 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
12971 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
12973 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12974 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
12975 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
12977 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
12978 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
12979 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
12981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12985 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12986 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12987 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12988 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12989 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19279 5148))
12990 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12992 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
12993 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12994 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12995 or insert functions in this list.")
12997 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
12999 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13000 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13002 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13004 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13005 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13007 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13009 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13010 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13012 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13014 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13015 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13017 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13019 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13020 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13021 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13023 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13025 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13026 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13027 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13030 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13032 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13033 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13034 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13035 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13036 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13038 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13040 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13041 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13042 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13043 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13044 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13046 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13047 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13048 undoes the expansion.
13052 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13053 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13054 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13055 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13057 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13061 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13062 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
13063 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13065 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13066 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13067 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13069 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13070 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13071 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13072 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13073 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13075 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13076 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13077 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13078 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13082 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13083 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13084 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13085 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13086 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13087 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13089 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13091 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13092 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13093 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13095 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13096 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13102 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13103 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13104 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13105 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13106 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19279 5149))
13107 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13109 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13110 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13111 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13113 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13115 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13117 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13119 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13121 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13123 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13125 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13127 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13129 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13131 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13133 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13135 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13137 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13139 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13140 User defined holidays.
13141 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13143 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13145 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13147 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13149 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13150 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13152 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13154 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13155 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13157 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13159 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13160 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13162 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13164 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13165 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13167 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13169 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13171 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13173 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13175 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13177 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13179 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13180 Christian holidays.
13181 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13183 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13185 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13187 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13189 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13191 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13193 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13195 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13197 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13199 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13201 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13203 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13205 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13207 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13209 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13210 Sun-related holidays.
13211 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13213 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13215 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13217 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13219 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13221 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13222 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13223 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13224 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13228 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13229 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13230 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13231 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13232 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13234 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13235 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13237 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13238 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13240 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13241 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13242 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13243 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13246 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13248 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13250 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13254 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19279
13256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13258 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13259 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13265 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13266 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19279
13268 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13270 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13271 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13273 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13274 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13275 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13277 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13278 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13279 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13280 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13281 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13282 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13284 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13285 title of the column.
13287 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13288 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13289 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13290 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13291 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13293 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13295 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13296 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13297 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13298 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13299 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13301 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13302 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13303 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13305 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13307 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13308 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13309 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13310 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13311 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13312 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13314 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13315 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13316 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13317 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13318 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13319 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13320 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13321 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13323 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13324 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13325 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13326 buffer's modification flag.
13327 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13328 prompted before performing this operation.
13329 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13330 operation is complete, in the form:
13331 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13332 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13333 confirmation message, in the form:
13334 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13335 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13336 macro for exactly what it does.
13338 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13340 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13341 Define a filter named NAME.
13342 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13343 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13344 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13346 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13347 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13348 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13349 bound to the current value of the filter.
13351 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13355 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13356 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19279 5148))
13357 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13359 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13360 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13361 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13362 buffers which are visiting a file.
13364 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13366 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13367 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13368 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13369 buffers which are visiting a file.
13371 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13373 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13374 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13375 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13377 All arguments are optional.
13378 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13379 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13380 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13381 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13382 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13383 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13384 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13385 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13386 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13387 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13388 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13389 that value locally in this buffer.
13391 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13395 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13396 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13397 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19338 9840))
13398 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13400 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13401 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13402 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13403 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13405 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13407 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13408 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13409 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13410 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13412 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13413 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13414 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13416 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13418 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13419 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13420 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13421 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13422 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13423 non-marking or not.
13425 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13427 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13428 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13430 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13431 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13434 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13435 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13436 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13438 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13441 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13442 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13443 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13445 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13449 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19279
13451 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13453 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13454 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13455 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13456 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13457 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13458 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13460 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13462 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13463 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13464 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13465 otherwise turn it off.
13467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13471 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19279 5151))
13472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13474 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13475 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13476 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13477 Tab indents for Icon code.
13478 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13479 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13481 Variables controlling indentation style:
13482 icon-tab-always-indent
13483 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13484 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13486 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13487 inserted in Icon code.
13489 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13490 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13491 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13492 icon-continued-statement-offset
13493 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13494 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13495 icon-continued-brace-offset
13496 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13497 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13499 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13500 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13501 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13502 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13504 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13505 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13511 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13512 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
13513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13515 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13516 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13517 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13518 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13520 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13521 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13524 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13525 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13527 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13528 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13529 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13531 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13533 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13537 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13538 ;;;;;; (19279 38446))
13539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13541 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13542 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13544 The main features of this mode are
13546 1. Indentation and Formatting
13547 --------------------------
13548 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13549 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13551 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13552 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13553 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13554 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13556 Comments are indented as follows:
13558 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13559 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13560 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13562 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13564 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13565 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13566 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13567 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13568 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13569 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13571 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13572 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13573 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13574 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13578 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13579 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13580 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13581 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13582 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13583 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13584 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13585 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13586 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13587 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13592 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13593 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13594 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13595 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13599 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13600 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13601 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13602 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13603 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13606 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13607 --------------------------------
13608 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13609 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13611 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13612 \\fu FUNCTION template
13613 \\c CASE statement template
13614 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13615 \\f FOR loop template
13616 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13617 \\w WHILE loop template
13618 \\i IF statement template
13619 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13622 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13623 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13625 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13626 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13627 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13628 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13630 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13631 -------------------------
13632 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13633 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13635 7. Automatic END completion
13636 ------------------------
13637 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13638 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13642 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13643 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13645 9. Documentation and Customization
13646 -------------------------------
13647 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13648 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13649 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13650 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13651 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13655 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13656 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13657 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13659 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13665 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13666 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13667 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13668 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13669 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13670 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13671 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13673 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19292
13675 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
13676 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19352
13679 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19355
13681 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
13682 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13684 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13685 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13686 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13687 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13689 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13690 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13691 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13693 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13694 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13696 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
13698 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
13699 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13700 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13701 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13702 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13703 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13704 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13705 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13706 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13710 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
13711 Switch to another buffer.
13712 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13713 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13716 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13717 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13718 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13719 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13720 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13722 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13723 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13725 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13726 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13728 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13729 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13730 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13731 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13732 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13733 in a separate window.
13734 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13735 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13736 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13737 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13738 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13739 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13740 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13741 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13742 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13746 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
13747 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13748 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13749 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13753 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
13754 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13755 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13756 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13760 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
13762 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13763 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13767 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
13768 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13769 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13770 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13774 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
13775 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13776 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13777 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13781 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
13782 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13786 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
13787 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13788 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13789 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13790 visible in another frame.
13792 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13793 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13794 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13795 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13796 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13797 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13799 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13800 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13802 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13803 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13805 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13806 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13807 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13808 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13809 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13810 in a separate window.
13811 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13812 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13813 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13814 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13815 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13816 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13817 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13818 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13819 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13820 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13821 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13822 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13823 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13824 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13825 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13829 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
13830 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13831 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13832 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13836 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
13837 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13838 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13839 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13843 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
13844 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13845 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13846 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13850 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
13851 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13852 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13853 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13857 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
13858 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13859 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13860 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13864 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
13865 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13866 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13867 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13871 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
13872 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13873 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13874 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13878 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
13879 Write current buffer to a file.
13880 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13881 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13885 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
13886 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13887 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13888 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13892 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
13893 Call `dired' the ido way.
13894 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13895 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13899 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
13900 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13901 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13902 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13903 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13904 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13906 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13908 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
13909 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13910 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13911 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13913 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13915 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
13916 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13917 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13918 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13920 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13922 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
13923 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13924 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13925 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13926 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13927 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13928 with `completing-read'.
13929 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13930 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13931 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13932 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13933 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13934 with point positioned at the end.
13935 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13936 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13938 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13942 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19279 5148))
13943 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13944 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
13946 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
13947 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13948 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13954 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13955 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
13956 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13958 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13959 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13963 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13964 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13970 ;;;### (autoloads (create-animated-image defimage find-image remove-images
13971 ;;;;;; insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
13972 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
13973 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
13974 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (19356 10801))
13975 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13977 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
13978 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13979 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13982 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13984 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
13985 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
13986 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13991 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
13992 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
13993 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13996 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13998 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
13999 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14000 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14003 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14005 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14006 Determine and return image type.
14007 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14008 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14009 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14010 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14011 use its file extension as image type.
14012 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14014 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14016 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14017 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14018 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14020 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14022 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14023 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14024 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14026 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14027 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14028 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14029 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14034 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14036 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14037 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14038 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14039 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14040 use its file extension as image type.
14041 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14042 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14043 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14044 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14046 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14048 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14049 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14050 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14052 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14054 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14055 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14056 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14057 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14058 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14059 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14060 POS may be an integer or marker.
14061 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14062 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14063 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14064 means display it in the right marginal area.
14066 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14068 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14069 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14070 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14071 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14072 defaulted if you omit it.
14073 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14074 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14075 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14076 means display it in the right marginal area.
14077 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14078 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14079 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14080 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14081 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14083 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14085 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14086 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14087 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14088 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14089 defaulted if you omit it.
14090 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14091 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14092 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14093 means display it in the right marginal area.
14094 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14096 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14098 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14099 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14100 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14101 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14103 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14105 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14106 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14108 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14110 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14111 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14112 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14113 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14114 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14115 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14116 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14117 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14120 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14122 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14124 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14126 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14127 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14129 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14130 documentation string.
14132 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14133 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14134 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14135 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14136 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14137 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14138 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14143 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14144 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14146 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14148 (autoload 'create-animated-image "image" "\
14149 Create an animated image.
14150 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14151 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14152 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14153 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14154 use its file extension as image type.
14155 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14156 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14157 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14158 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14160 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14162 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14166 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14167 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14168 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14169 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14170 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14171 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14172 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
14174 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19370 36540))
14175 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
14176 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19352 21354))
14178 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19367 42949))
14179 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
14180 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14182 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14183 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
14187 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14188 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14190 Convenience command that:
14192 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14193 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14194 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14196 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14197 image files in dired and type
14198 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14200 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14202 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14203 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14205 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14207 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14208 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14209 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14210 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14211 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14214 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14215 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14216 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14218 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14219 instead of erasing it first.
14221 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14222 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14223 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14224 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14225 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14226 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14228 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14230 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14231 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14232 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14233 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14238 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14240 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14242 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14243 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14247 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14248 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14249 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14253 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14254 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14258 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14259 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14260 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14261 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14265 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14266 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14270 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14271 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14275 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14276 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14280 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14281 Display current image file.
14282 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14283 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14287 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14288 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14292 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14293 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14294 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14295 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14296 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14297 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14298 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14302 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14303 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14304 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14311 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14312 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14313 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19279 5148))
14314 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14316 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14317 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14318 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14319 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14321 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14322 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14323 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14324 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14326 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14328 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14329 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14330 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14331 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14333 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14334 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14335 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14336 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14338 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14340 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14341 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14345 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14346 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14347 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14348 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14350 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14352 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14353 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14354 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14355 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14356 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14357 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14359 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14361 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14362 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14363 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14364 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14366 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14367 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14368 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14374 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14375 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19356 10801))
14376 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14377 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.jpe?g\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14378 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.png\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14379 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.gif\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14380 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.tiff?\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14381 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.p[bpgn]m\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14382 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14383 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14384 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14385 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14387 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14388 Major mode for image files.
14389 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14390 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14394 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14395 Toggle Image minor mode.
14396 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14397 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14398 to display an image file as the actual image.
14400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14402 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14403 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14404 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14405 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14406 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14407 to display an image file as the actual image.
14409 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14410 to display an image file as text inititally.
14412 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14417 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14420 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14424 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14425 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19279 5148))
14426 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14428 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14429 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14431 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14433 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14434 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14437 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14439 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14440 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14441 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14443 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14445 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14446 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14448 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14449 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14450 pattern's structure.
14452 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14453 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14454 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14456 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14458 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14460 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14461 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14463 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14464 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14465 called within a `save-excursion'.
14467 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14469 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14471 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14472 Function for finding the next index position.
14474 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14475 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14476 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14479 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14480 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14482 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14484 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14485 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14487 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14488 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14489 It should return the name for that index item.")
14491 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14493 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14494 Function to compare string with index item.
14496 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14497 non-nil if they match.
14499 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14500 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14501 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14502 arguments match\".")
14504 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14506 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14507 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14508 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14510 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14511 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14513 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14515 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14517 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14518 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14519 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14520 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14524 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14525 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14527 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14531 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14532 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14533 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14534 for more information.
14536 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14540 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14541 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14542 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19279 5150))
14543 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14545 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14546 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14548 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14550 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14553 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14555 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14558 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14560 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14563 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14565 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14566 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14568 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14572 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14573 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14574 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19279 5151))
14575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14577 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14578 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14579 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14580 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14581 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14583 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14585 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
14586 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14588 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14590 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14591 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14592 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14593 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14594 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14595 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14596 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14597 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14599 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14601 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14602 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14603 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14604 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14605 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14607 This variable is only used if the variable
14608 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14610 More precise choices:
14611 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14612 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14615 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14617 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14619 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14620 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14622 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14623 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14624 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14626 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14627 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14628 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14629 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14632 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14634 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
14638 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14639 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14640 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14641 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14642 ;;;;;; (19368 35187))
14643 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14645 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
14646 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14648 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
14649 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14650 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14652 (autoload 'info "info" "\
14653 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14654 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14655 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14656 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14657 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14658 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14659 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14660 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14661 with the top-level Info directory.
14663 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14664 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14665 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14666 appended to the Info buffer name.
14668 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14669 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14670 in all the directories in that path.
14672 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14674 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
14676 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
14677 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14681 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
14682 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14683 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14684 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14688 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
14689 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14690 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14691 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14693 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
14695 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
14696 Go to the Info directory node.
14700 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
14701 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14702 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14703 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14704 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14705 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14707 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14709 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
14710 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14711 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14713 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14715 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
14716 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14717 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
14718 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
14719 with a list packages that contain all specified keywords.
14721 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
14723 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
14724 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14725 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14726 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14727 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14729 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14730 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14732 Selecting other nodes:
14733 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14734 Follow a node reference you click on.
14735 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14736 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14737 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14738 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14739 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14740 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14741 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14742 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14743 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14744 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14745 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14746 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14747 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14748 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14749 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14750 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14751 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14752 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14753 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14754 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14756 Moving within a node:
14757 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14758 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14759 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14760 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14761 move up to the parent node.
14762 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14763 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14765 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14768 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14769 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14770 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14771 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14772 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14773 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14774 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14775 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14776 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14777 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14778 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14779 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14780 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14781 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14782 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14783 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14786 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14788 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
14789 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14790 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14791 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14792 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14793 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14795 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14796 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14798 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
14799 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14801 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14802 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14803 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14804 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14808 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
14809 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14810 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14814 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
14815 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14816 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14818 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14822 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14823 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14824 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
14825 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14827 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
14828 Throw away all cached data.
14829 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14830 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14834 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14836 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
14837 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14838 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14839 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14840 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14841 one found at point.
14843 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14845 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14846 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14848 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
14849 Display the documentation of a file.
14850 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14851 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14852 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14853 The default file name is the one found at point.
14855 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14857 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14859 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
14860 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14862 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14864 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
14865 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14867 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14871 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14872 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (19279 5148))
14873 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14875 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
14876 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14878 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14880 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
14881 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14882 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14886 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
14887 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14888 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14890 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14891 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14898 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14899 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19279 5148))
14900 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14902 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
14903 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14905 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14907 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
14908 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14910 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
14912 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
14913 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14914 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14915 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14917 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14918 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14919 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14921 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14922 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14923 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14924 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14928 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
14929 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14930 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14934 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
14935 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14936 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14937 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14938 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14944 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14945 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14946 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
14947 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14949 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14950 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14954 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14955 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14959 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
14962 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14966 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19279
14968 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14970 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
14971 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14972 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14973 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14974 accessed via isearchb.
14980 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14981 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14982 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14983 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19279 5150))
14984 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14986 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
14987 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14988 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14989 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
14990 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14992 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14994 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
14995 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14996 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
14997 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
14998 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15000 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15002 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15003 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15004 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15005 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15006 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15008 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15010 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15011 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15012 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15013 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15014 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15016 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15018 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15019 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15020 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15021 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15022 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15024 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15026 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15027 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15028 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15029 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15030 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15032 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15034 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15035 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15036 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15037 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15038 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15040 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15042 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15043 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15044 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15045 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15047 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15049 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15050 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15051 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15052 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15054 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15056 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15057 Warn that format is read-only.
15059 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15061 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15062 Warn that format is write-only.
15064 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15066 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15067 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15074 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
15075 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15076 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15077 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15078 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15082 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15083 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15084 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15085 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15086 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19313 15415))
15087 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15088 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15090 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15091 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15092 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15093 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15094 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15096 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15097 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15099 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15100 Key map for ispell menu.")
15102 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15103 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15104 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15105 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15107 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15109 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15111 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15113 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15115 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15116 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15117 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15118 Valid forms include:
15119 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15120 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15121 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15122 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15124 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15125 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15126 First list is used raw.
15127 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15129 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15130 for skipping in latex mode.")
15132 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15133 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15134 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15135 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15136 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15137 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15138 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15140 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15141 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15142 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15143 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15145 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15146 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15147 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15148 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15149 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15151 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15152 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15154 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15155 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15157 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15158 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15160 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15161 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15164 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15165 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15166 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15167 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15168 quit spell session exited.
15170 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15172 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15173 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15174 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15176 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15178 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15179 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15183 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15184 SPC: Accept word this time.
15185 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15186 `a': Accept word for this session.
15187 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15188 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15189 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15190 `?': Show these commands.
15191 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15192 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15193 the aborted check to be completed later.
15194 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15195 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15196 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15197 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15198 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15199 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15200 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15204 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15205 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15206 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15208 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15210 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15211 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15212 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15213 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15215 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15217 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15219 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15220 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15221 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15222 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15224 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15226 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15227 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15231 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15232 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15236 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15237 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15241 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15242 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15243 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15244 sequence inside of a word.
15246 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15248 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15250 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15251 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15255 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15256 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15257 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15258 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15260 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15261 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15262 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15263 available on the net.
15267 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15268 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15269 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15270 otherwise turn it off.
15272 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15273 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15275 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15276 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15280 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15281 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15282 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15283 Don't check included messages.
15285 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15286 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15287 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15289 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15290 in your .emacs file:
15291 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15292 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15293 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15294 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15296 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15297 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15298 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15304 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19321
15306 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15308 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15309 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15310 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15311 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15312 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15313 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15315 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15317 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15318 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15319 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15320 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15321 `iswitchb' for details.
15323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15327 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15328 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15329 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15330 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19279 5150))
15331 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15333 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15338 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15339 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15340 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15341 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15342 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15343 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15344 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15345 necessary to represent OBJ.
15347 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15349 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15350 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15351 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15352 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15354 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15356 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15357 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15358 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15359 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15360 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15362 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15364 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15365 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15366 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15367 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15369 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15371 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15372 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15373 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15374 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15376 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15378 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15379 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15381 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15383 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15384 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15385 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15386 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15387 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15389 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15391 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15392 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15393 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15394 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15395 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15397 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15399 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15400 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15401 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15403 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15407 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15408 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19292 15231))
15409 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15411 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15412 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15413 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15414 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15416 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15419 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15421 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15422 Uninstall jka-compr.
15423 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15424 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15425 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15432 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19279 5151))
15433 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
15434 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19352 21355))
15436 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19375 48608))
15437 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
15438 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15440 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15441 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15449 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
15453 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15454 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15455 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
15456 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15458 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15459 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15460 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15461 decimal key must be specified.")
15463 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15465 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15466 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15467 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15468 decimal key must be specified.")
15470 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15472 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15473 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15474 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15475 decimal key must be specified.")
15477 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15479 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15480 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15481 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15482 decimal key must be specified.")
15484 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15486 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15487 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15488 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15489 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15490 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15494 -------------------------------------------------------------
15495 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15496 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15497 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15498 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15499 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15500 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15501 in the global and local keymaps.
15503 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15504 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15506 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15510 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15511 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
15512 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15514 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15515 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15516 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15518 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15519 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15520 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15521 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15524 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15525 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15526 the context of text formatting.
15528 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15532 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19279
15534 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15536 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15537 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15538 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15539 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15540 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15541 positions that contains the current selection.")
15543 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15544 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15545 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15546 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15547 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15548 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15549 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15551 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15555 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15556 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15557 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15558 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19279 5148))
15559 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15560 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15561 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15562 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15563 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15564 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15565 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15566 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15568 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15569 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15571 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15573 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15574 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15575 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15576 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15577 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15579 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15581 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15582 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15583 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15585 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15586 defining the macro.
15588 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15589 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15590 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15592 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15593 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15597 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15598 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15599 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15600 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15601 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15604 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15605 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15606 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15610 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15611 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15612 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15614 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15615 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15616 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15617 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15619 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15620 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15622 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15624 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15625 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15626 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15628 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15631 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15632 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15634 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15635 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15636 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15638 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15639 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15643 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15644 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15645 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15646 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15648 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15650 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15651 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15652 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15653 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15655 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15656 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15658 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15660 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15661 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15662 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15664 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15668 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15669 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19279 5150))
15670 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15672 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15673 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15674 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15676 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15683 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15684 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
15685 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15687 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15689 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15690 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15694 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15696 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15697 Start or resume an Lm game.
15698 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15699 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15701 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15702 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15703 none / 1 | yes | no
15708 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15709 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15710 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15716 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15717 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15718 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19279 5150))
15719 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15721 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15724 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15726 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15727 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15728 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15729 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15730 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15731 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15733 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15734 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15736 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15738 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15739 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15741 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15743 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15746 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15748 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15751 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15755 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15756 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15757 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19279 5150))
15758 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15760 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15761 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15762 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15763 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15765 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15767 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15768 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15769 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15771 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15773 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15774 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15775 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15779 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15780 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15781 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15782 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15784 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15788 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15789 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19279 5150))
15790 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15792 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15793 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15794 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15795 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15796 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15797 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15798 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15799 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15801 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15802 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15804 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15805 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15807 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15809 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15810 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15811 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15812 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15813 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15814 `latin1-display-setup'.
15816 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15818 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15819 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15820 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15821 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15824 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15826 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15830 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15831 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
15832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15834 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15836 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("ld\\.?script\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15838 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
15840 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15841 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15847 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15848 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
15849 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15851 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15852 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15854 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15855 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15857 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15858 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15860 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15861 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15862 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15863 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15864 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15865 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15866 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15867 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15868 and transmit saved text.
15871 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15872 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15876 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15883 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19279 5151))
15884 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15886 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15887 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15888 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15889 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15890 generations (this defaults to 1).
15892 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15896 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15897 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19279 5148))
15898 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15900 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15901 Format used to display line numbers.
15902 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15903 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15904 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15905 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15907 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15909 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15910 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15914 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15915 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15916 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15917 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15918 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15919 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15921 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15923 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15924 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15925 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
15927 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
15928 `linum-on' would do it.
15929 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15935 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19279
15937 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15939 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15940 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15941 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15942 is nil, raise an error.
15944 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15945 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15946 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15947 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15948 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15949 defined by the library.
15951 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15952 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15953 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15954 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15955 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15958 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15959 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15960 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15961 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15963 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15967 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15968 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19279 5148))
15969 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15971 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
15972 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15973 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15975 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
15977 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
15978 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15979 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
15980 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
15982 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
15983 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
15984 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
15985 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
15986 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
15987 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
15990 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
15991 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
15993 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
15994 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
15996 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
15998 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16000 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16001 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16002 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16003 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16004 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16005 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16006 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16007 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16008 to constrain a big search.
16010 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16012 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16013 except that FILTER is not optional.
16015 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16019 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (19370 36540))
16020 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16022 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16023 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16024 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16026 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16027 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16028 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16029 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16030 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16032 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16033 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16034 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16035 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16036 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16038 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16039 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16040 uses the current buffer.
16042 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16046 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (19358
16048 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16050 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16051 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16057 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19279
16059 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16061 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16062 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16063 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16064 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16065 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16067 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16068 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16069 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16071 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16072 are indicated with a symbol.
16074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16078 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16079 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19279
16081 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16083 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16085 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16087 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16088 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16089 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16091 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16092 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16094 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16095 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16096 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16097 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16098 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16099 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16100 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16102 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16104 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16105 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16106 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16107 switch on this list.
16108 See `lpr-command'.")
16110 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16112 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16113 Name of program for printing a file.
16115 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16116 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16117 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16118 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16119 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16120 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16123 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16125 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16126 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16127 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16128 for customization of the printer command.
16132 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16133 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16135 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16136 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16137 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16138 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16140 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16141 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16143 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16144 for further customization of the printer command.
16148 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16149 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16150 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16151 for customization of the printer command.
16153 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16155 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16156 Paginate and print the region contents.
16158 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16159 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16160 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16161 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16163 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16164 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16166 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16167 for further customization of the printer command.
16169 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16173 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16174 ;;;;;; (19321 4517))
16175 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16177 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16178 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16179 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16181 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16185 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19279
16187 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16189 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16190 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16191 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16192 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16196 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16200 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19279
16202 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16204 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16205 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16212 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16213 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
16214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16216 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16217 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16218 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16219 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16220 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16222 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16226 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16227 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19345 41626))
16228 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16230 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16231 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16232 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16233 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16234 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16236 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16238 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16239 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16240 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16241 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16243 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16244 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16245 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16246 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16249 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16250 use this command, and then save the file.
16252 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16254 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16255 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16256 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16257 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16258 each time the macro executes.
16259 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16260 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16261 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16262 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16263 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16264 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16265 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16269 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16270 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16271 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16272 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16274 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16275 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16276 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16279 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16280 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16282 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16283 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16284 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16285 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16286 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16288 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16291 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16292 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16293 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16295 You could enter the names in this format:
16301 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16304 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16307 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16308 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16310 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16311 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16315 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16316 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19279 5150))
16317 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16319 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16320 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16321 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16322 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16323 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16324 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16326 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16327 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16328 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16329 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16330 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16332 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16333 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16334 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16337 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16339 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16340 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16342 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16346 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16347 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16348 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
16349 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16351 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16352 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16356 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16361 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16362 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16364 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16366 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16367 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16368 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16371 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16377 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16378 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16379 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16380 ;;;;;; (19313 15414))
16381 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16383 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16384 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16385 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16386 often correct parser.")
16388 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16390 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16391 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16393 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16395 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16396 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16397 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16398 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16400 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16402 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16403 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16404 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16405 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16407 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16409 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16410 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16411 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16412 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16414 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16416 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16417 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16418 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16419 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16420 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16421 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16422 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16423 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16424 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16427 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16429 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16430 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16431 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16432 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16433 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16434 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16435 matches may be returned from the message body.
16437 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16441 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16442 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19279
16444 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16446 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16447 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16448 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16449 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16450 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16451 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16453 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16455 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16456 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16460 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16461 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16465 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16466 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16467 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16469 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16471 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16472 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16473 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16475 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16476 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16477 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16480 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16484 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16485 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19279
16487 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16489 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16490 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16491 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16493 If `parens', they look like:
16494 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16495 If `angles', they look like:
16496 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16498 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16500 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16501 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16502 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16503 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16504 their `Resent-' variants.
16506 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16507 removed from alias expansions.
16509 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16511 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16512 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16513 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16515 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16516 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16517 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16518 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16520 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16522 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16523 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16524 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16525 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16531 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16532 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
16533 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16535 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16536 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16537 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16538 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16544 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16545 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16547 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19372 27330))
16548 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
16549 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19352 21355))
16551 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19370 15152))
16552 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
16553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16555 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16556 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16558 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16559 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16560 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16561 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16562 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16563 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16565 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16566 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16567 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16568 dependency, despite the colon.
16570 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16572 In the browser, use the following keys:
16574 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16576 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16578 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16579 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16581 `makefile-target-colon':
16582 The string that gets appended to all target names
16583 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16584 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16586 `makefile-macro-assign':
16587 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16588 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16589 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16590 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16591 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16592 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16594 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16595 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16596 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16598 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16599 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16601 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16602 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16603 up or down in the browser.
16605 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16606 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16608 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16609 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16611 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16612 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16613 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16614 has been selected in the browser.
16616 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16617 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16618 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16619 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16620 filenames are omitted.
16622 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16623 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16624 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16625 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16626 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16627 the backslash itself intact.
16628 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16629 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16631 `makefile-browser-hook':
16632 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16633 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16635 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16636 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16637 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16638 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16642 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16643 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16647 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16648 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16652 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16653 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16657 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16658 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16662 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16663 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16669 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19279
16671 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16673 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16674 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16675 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16681 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (19345 41626))
16682 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16684 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16686 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16687 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16688 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16689 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16690 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16691 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16692 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16693 page, it will display immediately.
16695 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16696 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16697 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16702 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16703 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16704 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16705 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16709 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16710 otherwise look like a page name.
16715 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16716 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16717 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16721 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16723 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16724 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16726 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16730 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19279 5148))
16731 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16733 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16734 Toggle Master mode.
16735 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16736 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16737 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16739 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16740 following commands:
16742 \\{master-mode-map}
16744 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16745 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16746 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16752 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16753 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
16754 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16756 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16757 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16758 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16760 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16761 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16763 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16765 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16766 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16767 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16768 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16769 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16771 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16772 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16778 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16779 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16780 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16781 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16782 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16783 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16785 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19370 36541))
16786 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
16787 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19352 21361))
16789 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19374 17766))
16790 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
16791 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16793 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16795 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16796 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16797 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16798 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16799 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16800 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16801 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16802 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16803 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16804 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16805 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16806 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16807 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16808 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16809 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16810 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16811 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16812 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16813 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16814 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16815 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16816 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16817 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16818 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16819 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16820 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16821 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16822 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16823 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16824 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16825 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16826 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16827 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16828 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16829 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16830 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16831 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16832 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16836 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16837 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16838 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16839 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16840 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16842 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16844 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16845 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16847 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16849 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16850 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16852 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16854 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16855 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16857 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16859 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16860 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16861 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16863 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16865 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16866 Cancel an article you posted.
16867 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16871 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16872 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16873 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16874 header line with the old Message-ID.
16878 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16879 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16883 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16884 Forward the current message via mail.
16885 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16886 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16888 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16890 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16893 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16895 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16898 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16900 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16901 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16905 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16906 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16908 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16910 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16911 Re-mail the current message.
16912 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16913 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16918 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16919 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16921 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16923 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16924 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16926 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16928 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16929 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16931 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16933 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16934 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16936 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16938 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16939 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16940 Works by overstriking characters.
16941 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16942 which specify the range to operate on.
16944 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16946 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16947 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16948 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16949 which specify the range to operate on.
16951 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16955 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16956 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
16957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16959 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16960 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16964 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16965 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16969 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
16970 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16974 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16975 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16981 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16982 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16983 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
16984 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16986 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
16987 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16988 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16992 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
16993 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16994 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16995 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16996 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16997 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16998 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17000 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17002 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17003 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17004 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17005 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17006 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17008 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17009 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17011 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17013 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17014 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17015 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17016 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17017 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17019 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17020 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17022 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17026 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17027 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17028 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19279 5150))
17029 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17031 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17032 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17033 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17037 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17038 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17039 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17043 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17044 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17046 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17047 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17048 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17050 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17051 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17053 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17054 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17056 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17058 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17060 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17061 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17062 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17063 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17064 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17067 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17068 initial Subject field, respectively.
17070 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17071 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17074 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17077 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17079 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17080 Save draft and send message.
17082 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17083 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17084 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17087 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17088 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17089 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17091 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17092 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17093 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17094 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17095 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17096 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17098 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17099 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17101 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17102 message and scan line.
17104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17106 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17107 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17109 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17110 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17111 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17112 delete the draft message.
17118 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19279 5150))
17119 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17121 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17123 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17125 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17127 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17128 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17134 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17135 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19279 5150))
17136 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17138 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17139 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17140 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17142 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17143 the MH mail system.
17145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17147 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17148 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17149 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17151 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17152 the MH mail system.
17154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17156 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17157 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17159 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17160 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17161 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17164 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17165 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17166 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17169 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17173 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17174 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17175 can be used in several ways.
17177 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17178 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17179 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17180 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17184 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17185 The range must be nonempty.
17190 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17191 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17198 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17201 All of the messages.
17203 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17204 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17206 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17207 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17208 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17210 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17216 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17217 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19369 15960))
17218 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17220 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17221 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17222 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17223 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17224 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17225 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17226 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17227 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17228 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17229 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17230 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17234 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17235 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17236 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17237 to its second argument TM.
17239 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17243 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17244 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19279 5148))
17245 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17247 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17248 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17249 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17250 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17251 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17252 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17254 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17256 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17257 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17258 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17259 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17260 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17261 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17262 default indication.
17264 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17265 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17271 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19279 5148))
17272 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17274 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17275 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17276 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17277 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17278 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17279 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17280 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17281 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17282 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17288 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17289 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17290 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19279 5148))
17291 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17292 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17294 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17295 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17297 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17298 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17299 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17302 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17303 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17304 end of the search space).
17306 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17307 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17308 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17309 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17310 should return the previous buffer to search.
17312 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17313 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17314 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17316 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17317 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17318 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17321 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17322 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17323 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17325 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17326 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17327 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17331 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17332 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17333 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17334 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17335 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17336 whose names match the specified regexp.
17338 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17340 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17341 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17342 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17343 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17344 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17345 whose names match the specified regexp.
17347 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17349 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17350 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17351 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17352 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17353 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17354 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17355 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17357 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17359 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17360 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17361 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17362 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17363 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17364 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17365 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17367 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17371 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17372 ;;;;;; (19358 54001))
17373 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17375 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17376 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17381 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
17385 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17386 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19279 5150))
17387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17389 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17390 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17392 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17394 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17395 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17396 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17397 the entire message.
17398 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17400 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17404 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17405 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
17406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17408 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17409 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17410 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17411 the entire message.
17412 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17414 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17418 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17419 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19279 5150))
17420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17422 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17423 Insert file contents of URL.
17424 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17426 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17428 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17429 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17431 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17435 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17437 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19279 5150))
17438 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
17439 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19352 21355))
17441 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19382 2266))
17442 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
17443 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17445 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17446 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17447 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17448 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17449 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17451 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17453 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17454 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17455 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17457 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17461 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17462 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
17463 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17465 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17468 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17470 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17473 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17477 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17478 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17479 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19365 25156))
17480 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17482 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17485 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17487 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17490 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17492 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17495 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17497 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17500 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17502 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17505 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17507 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17510 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17512 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17519 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17520 ;;;;;; (19256 49603))
17521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17523 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
17524 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17525 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17526 followed by the first character of the construct.
17528 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17529 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17530 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17531 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17532 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17533 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17534 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17535 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17536 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17537 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17538 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17539 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17540 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17543 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17544 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17545 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17551 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17552 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
17553 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17555 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17556 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17558 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17560 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17561 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17563 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17567 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17568 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19279 5148))
17569 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17571 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17572 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17574 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17575 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17576 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17578 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17579 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17580 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17582 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17583 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17585 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17586 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17587 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17588 hemisphere you're in.)
17590 To test this function, evaluate:
17591 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17593 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17595 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17596 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17598 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17599 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17601 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17602 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17603 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17605 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17606 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17608 To test this function, evaluate:
17609 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17611 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17615 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19279
17617 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17619 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17620 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17621 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17622 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17623 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17624 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17626 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17628 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17629 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17630 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17631 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17633 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17635 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17637 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17639 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17640 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17641 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17642 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17643 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17644 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17646 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17647 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17648 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17649 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17650 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17652 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17653 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17655 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17656 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17658 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17660 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17661 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17662 primary selection and region.
17664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17668 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19372 27330))
17669 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17671 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17672 Main entry point for MPC.
17678 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19279 5151))
17679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17681 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17682 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17688 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19279 5148))
17689 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17691 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17692 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17693 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17695 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17696 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17698 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17700 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17702 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17703 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17704 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17710 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17711 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17712 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17713 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17714 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17715 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
17716 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17718 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17719 Display a list of all character sets.
17721 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17722 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17723 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17724 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17725 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17727 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17728 but still shows the full information.
17732 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17733 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17734 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17736 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17737 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17738 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17739 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17740 meanings of these arguments.
17742 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17744 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17745 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17747 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17749 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17750 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17752 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17754 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17755 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17757 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17759 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17760 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17762 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17763 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17765 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17766 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17767 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17768 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17769 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17770 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17771 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17772 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17773 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17774 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17775 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17776 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17777 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17778 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17779 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17780 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17784 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17785 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17789 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17790 Display a list of all coding systems.
17791 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17793 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17794 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17798 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17799 Display a list of all coding categories.
17803 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17804 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17805 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17807 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17809 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17810 Display information about FONTSET.
17811 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17813 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17815 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17816 Display a list of all fontsets.
17817 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17818 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17819 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17823 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17824 Display information about all input methods.
17828 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17829 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17831 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17832 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17833 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17834 system which uses fontsets).
17838 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17839 Show log of font listing and opening.
17840 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17841 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17843 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17847 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17848 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17849 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17850 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17851 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17852 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19313 15414))
17853 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17855 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17856 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17857 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17859 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17861 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17863 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17864 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17866 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17867 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17869 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17870 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17872 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17874 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17875 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17876 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17877 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17878 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17879 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17880 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17882 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17883 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17884 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17885 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17886 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17887 middle of a character in STR.
17889 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17890 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17892 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17893 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17894 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17895 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17896 defaults to \"...\".
17898 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17900 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17901 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17903 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17904 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17905 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17907 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17908 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17909 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17911 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17912 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17913 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17915 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17916 longer than KEYSEQ.
17917 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17919 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17921 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17922 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17923 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17924 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17925 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17926 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17927 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17928 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17929 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17930 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17931 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17933 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17935 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17936 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17938 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17940 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17941 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17943 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17945 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17946 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17948 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17950 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17951 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17953 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17955 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17956 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17957 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17958 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17959 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17961 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17962 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17964 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17965 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17966 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17967 coding systems ordered by priority.
17969 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17971 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17972 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17973 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17974 language environment LANG-ENV.
17976 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17978 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
17979 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17980 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17981 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
17982 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
17983 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
17985 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17989 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17990 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17991 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
17992 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19279
17994 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17996 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
17997 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18001 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18002 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18006 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18007 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18011 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18012 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18016 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18017 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18021 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18022 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18024 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18026 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18028 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18029 `ping-program-options'.
18033 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18034 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18038 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18039 Run nslookup program.
18043 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18044 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18048 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18053 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18058 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18059 Finger USER on HOST.
18061 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18063 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18064 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18065 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18066 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18068 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18070 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18075 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18076 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18078 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18080 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18081 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18083 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18087 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18088 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18089 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18090 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18091 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18092 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19279 5148))
18093 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18095 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18097 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18099 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18101 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18103 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18104 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18105 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18106 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18107 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18108 Major modes should set this variable.")
18110 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18111 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18112 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18113 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18114 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18115 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18117 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18118 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18120 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18121 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18122 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18124 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18125 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18126 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18127 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18128 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18130 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18131 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18132 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18134 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18135 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18136 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18137 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18139 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18140 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18141 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18142 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18143 column indentation or nil.
18144 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18146 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18147 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18148 The function has no args.
18150 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18151 comments always start in column zero.")
18153 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18154 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18155 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18157 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18159 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18160 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18161 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18162 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18164 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18165 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18167 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18169 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18170 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18171 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18172 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18173 customize this variable.
18175 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18176 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18178 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18180 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18181 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18182 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18183 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18184 the variables are properly set.
18186 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18188 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18189 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18193 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18194 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18195 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18197 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18199 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18200 Set the comment column based on point.
18201 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18202 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18203 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18204 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18208 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18209 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18210 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18214 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18215 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18216 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18219 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18221 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18222 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18223 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18224 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18225 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18227 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18228 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18229 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18231 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18232 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18233 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18234 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18235 changed with `comment-style'.
18237 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18239 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18240 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18241 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18242 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18244 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18246 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18247 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18248 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18249 is passed on to the respective function.
18251 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18253 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18254 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18255 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18256 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18257 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18258 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18259 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18260 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18261 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18262 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18266 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18267 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18268 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18270 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18272 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18273 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18274 This indents the body of the continued comment
18275 under the previous comment line.
18277 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18278 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18279 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18281 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18282 or comment indentation.
18284 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18285 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18287 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18291 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18292 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19279 5151))
18293 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18295 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18296 Check whether newsticker is running.
18297 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18298 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18302 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18303 Start the newsticker.
18304 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18305 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18306 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18307 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18309 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18313 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18314 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18315 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18317 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18318 Start newsticker plainview.
18324 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18325 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18326 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18328 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18329 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18335 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18336 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19279 5151))
18337 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18339 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18340 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18341 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18342 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18347 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18348 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18349 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18356 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18357 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18358 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18360 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18361 Start newsticker treeview.
18367 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18368 ;;;;;; (19279 38446))
18369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18371 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18372 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18374 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18378 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19279
18380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18382 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18383 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18384 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18385 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18386 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18387 symbol in the alist.
18389 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18393 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18394 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
18395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18397 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18398 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18399 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18405 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18406 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
18407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18409 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
18410 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18411 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18417 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18418 ;;;;;; (19279 38446))
18419 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18421 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18422 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18424 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18428 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18429 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (19279 5150))
18430 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18432 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
18433 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18437 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
18438 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18442 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
18443 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18449 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18450 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19279 5148))
18451 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18453 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18454 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18455 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18457 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18459 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18462 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18464 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18465 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18466 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18467 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18468 to future sessions.
18470 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18472 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18473 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18474 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18475 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18476 to future sessions.
18478 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18482 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18483 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
18484 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18486 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18487 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18489 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18490 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18491 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18497 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18498 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18499 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18501 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18502 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18503 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18504 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18506 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18510 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19356
18512 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18514 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18515 Major mode for editing XML.
18517 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18518 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18519 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18520 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18521 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18522 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18523 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18525 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18527 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18528 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18530 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18531 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18532 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18533 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18536 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18537 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18538 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18539 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18540 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18541 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18543 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18544 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18545 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18547 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18548 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18549 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18551 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18552 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18553 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18554 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18555 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18556 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18557 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18558 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18559 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18561 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18563 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18564 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18568 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18572 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18573 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19279 5151))
18574 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18576 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18577 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18578 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18579 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18585 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18586 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18587 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18589 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18590 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18591 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18593 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18595 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18596 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18598 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18599 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18600 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18604 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18608 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18609 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18612 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18613 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18615 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18616 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18617 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18618 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18620 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18621 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18622 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18623 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18624 is why you need this mode!).
18626 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18627 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18628 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18630 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18635 \\{octave-mode-map}
18637 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18638 ==============================================
18640 `octave-auto-indent'
18641 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18644 `octave-auto-newline'
18645 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18648 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18649 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18650 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18652 `octave-block-offset'
18653 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18656 `octave-continuation-offset'
18657 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18660 `octave-continuation-string'
18661 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18662 Default is a backslash.
18664 `octave-send-echo-input'
18665 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18666 command to the inferior Octave process.
18668 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18669 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18670 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18672 `octave-send-echo-input'
18673 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18675 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18677 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18678 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18680 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18682 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18683 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18685 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18688 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18690 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18691 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18692 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18693 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18699 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18700 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-iswitchb
18701 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18702 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18703 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18704 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (19356 10801))
18705 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18707 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18708 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18709 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18711 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18712 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18713 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18714 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18715 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18716 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18717 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18718 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18719 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18720 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18722 The following commands are available:
18728 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18730 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18731 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18732 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18733 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18737 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18738 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
18739 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
18740 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
18741 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
18744 M-up Move entry/item up
18745 M-down Move entry/item down
18748 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18749 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18750 M-S-left Promote subtree
18751 M-S-right Demote subtree
18752 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18754 C-c - Cycle list bullet
18755 TAB Cycle item visibility
18756 M-RET Insert new heading/item
18757 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
18758 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
18760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18762 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
18763 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
18767 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
18768 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
18772 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
18773 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
18774 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
18775 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
18778 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
18780 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
18781 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18782 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
18783 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
18785 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18786 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
18787 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
18791 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
18792 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
18793 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
18797 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
18798 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
18799 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
18804 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
18805 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
18807 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
18809 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
18810 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
18812 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
18813 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
18814 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
18815 returned as a list.
18817 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
18818 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
18819 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
18820 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
18821 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
18822 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
18823 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
18824 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
18825 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
18828 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
18829 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
18830 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
18831 visited by the iteration.
18833 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
18835 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
18836 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
18837 file The current buffer, without restriction
18839 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
18840 agenda All agenda files
18841 agenda-with-archives
18842 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
18844 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
18846 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
18847 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
18849 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
18850 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
18851 function or Emacs Lisp form:
18852 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
18853 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
18854 entry and search will continue from the point where the
18855 function leaves it.
18857 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
18858 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
18859 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
18860 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
18861 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
18862 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
18863 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
18864 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
18866 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
18868 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
18869 Use `org-icompleting-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
18870 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
18871 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
18873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18875 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-iswitchb)
18877 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
18878 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
18879 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
18880 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
18884 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
18885 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
18887 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
18889 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
18890 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
18891 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
18895 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
18900 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
18901 Reload all org lisp files.
18902 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
18904 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
18906 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
18907 Call the customize function with org as argument.
18913 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
18914 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
18915 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
18916 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
18917 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19279 5151))
18918 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
18920 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18921 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
18922 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
18923 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
18925 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
18926 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
18927 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
18928 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
18929 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
18930 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
18931 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
18932 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
18933 e Export views to associated files.
18934 s Search entries for keywords.
18935 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
18936 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18937 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
18938 Press several times to get the desired effect.
18939 > Remove a previous restriction.
18940 # List \"stuck\" projects.
18941 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
18942 C Configure custom agenda commands.
18944 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
18945 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
18946 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
18948 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
18949 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
18950 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
18951 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
18954 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
18956 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18957 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18958 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18959 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18960 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18961 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18962 before running the agenda command.
18964 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18966 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
18967 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18968 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18969 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18970 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18971 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18972 before running the agenda command.
18974 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
18975 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
18977 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
18979 category The category of the item
18980 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
18981 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
18982 todo selected in TODO match
18983 tagsmatch selected in tags match
18984 diary imported from diary
18985 deadline a deadline on given date
18986 scheduled scheduled on given date
18987 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
18988 closed entry was closed on given date
18989 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
18990 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
18991 block entry has date block including g. date
18992 todo The todo keyword, if any
18993 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
18994 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
18995 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
18996 extra Sting with extra planning info
18997 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
18998 priority-n The computed numerical priority
18999 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19001 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19003 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19006 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19008 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19009 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19011 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19013 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19014 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19015 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19016 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19018 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19019 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19020 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19023 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19024 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19025 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19027 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19028 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19030 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19032 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19033 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
19034 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
19035 search only the headlines.
19037 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19038 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19039 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19040 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19043 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19044 Depending on the variable `org-agenda-search-view-search-words-only'
19045 and on whether the first character in the search string is \"+\" or \"-\",
19046 The string is then interpreted either as a substring with variable amounts
19047 of whitespace, or as a list or individual words that should be matched.
19049 The default is a substring match, where each space in the search string
19050 can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace, including newlines.
19052 If matching individual words, these words are then interpreted as a
19053 boolean expression with logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must
19054 not occur in the entry. Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus
19055 must occur in the entry. Matching is case-insensitive and the words
19056 are enclosed by word delimiters.
19058 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19059 that must or must not match in the entry.
19061 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19062 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19063 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19064 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19066 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19067 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19069 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19071 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19072 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19073 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19074 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19075 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19076 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19080 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19081 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19082 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19084 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19086 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19087 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19088 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19089 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19090 `org-stuck-projects'.
19091 MATCH is being ignored.
19093 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19095 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19096 Return diary information from org-files.
19097 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19098 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19099 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19100 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19102 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19103 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19104 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19106 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19108 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19109 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19110 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19111 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19113 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19114 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19115 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19117 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19118 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19119 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19120 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19122 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19124 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19126 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19127 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19131 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19132 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19133 So the example above may also be written as
19135 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19137 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19138 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19139 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19141 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19143 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19144 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
19146 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19148 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19149 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19150 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19154 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19155 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19156 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19159 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19160 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19162 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19163 for filtering entries out.
19165 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19166 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19168 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19169 (category \"Work\"))
19171 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19172 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19174 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19178 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19179 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19180 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19181 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19183 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19184 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19185 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19189 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19190 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19191 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19197 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19198 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer)
19199 ;;;;;; "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19279 5151))
19200 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19202 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19203 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19204 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19208 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19209 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19210 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19211 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19212 command to convert it.
19214 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19216 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19217 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19218 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19219 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19220 cut-and-paste operations.
19221 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19222 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19223 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19224 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19226 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19228 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19229 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19231 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19233 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19234 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19235 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19236 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19237 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19238 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19239 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19240 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19241 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19242 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19243 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19244 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19245 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19246 publishing directory.
19248 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19252 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19279
19254 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19256 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19257 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19258 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19264 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19265 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19266 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19268 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19269 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19275 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19276 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19279 5151))
19277 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19279 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19280 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19281 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19282 fontified, and then returned.
19284 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19286 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19287 Set up hooks for clock persistence
19293 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19294 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19295 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19296 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19279 5151))
19297 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19299 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19300 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19301 This function can be used in batch processing.
19306 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19307 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19311 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19312 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19313 No file is created.
19317 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19318 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19319 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19320 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19321 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19322 then use this command to convert it.
19324 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19326 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19327 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19328 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19329 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19330 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19331 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19332 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19333 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19334 could call this function in the following way:
19336 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19338 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19339 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19341 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19343 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19344 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19346 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19348 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19349 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19353 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19354 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19355 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19356 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19357 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19358 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19359 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19360 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19361 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19362 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19363 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19364 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19365 publishing directory.
19367 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19371 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19372 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19373 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19374 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19376 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19377 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19378 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19379 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19380 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19382 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19383 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
19384 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19388 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19389 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19390 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19391 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
19392 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
19393 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19394 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19395 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19398 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19400 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19401 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19402 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19403 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19404 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19406 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19407 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19408 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19409 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19411 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19412 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19413 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19415 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19416 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19417 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19420 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19422 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19423 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19429 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19430 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19279
19432 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19434 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19435 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19439 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19440 Get inbox items from FEED.
19441 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19442 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19444 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19446 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19447 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19451 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19452 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19458 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19459 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19279 5151))
19460 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19462 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19463 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19464 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19465 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19466 create a new footnote, interactively.
19467 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19469 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19471 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19472 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19473 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19474 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19475 Org-mode exporters.
19476 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19477 referenced sequence.
19479 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19483 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
19484 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
19485 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
19486 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19323 49698))
19487 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
19489 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
19492 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19494 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
19495 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
19497 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
19499 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
19500 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19502 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19504 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19505 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19507 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19509 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
19510 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19512 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
19514 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19515 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
19517 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
19521 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19522 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19523 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19524 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19279 5151))
19525 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19527 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19529 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19531 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19533 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19534 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19535 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19536 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19537 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19541 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19542 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
19544 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19545 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19546 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19550 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19551 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19552 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19556 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19557 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19558 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19559 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19560 command to convert it.
19562 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19564 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19565 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19566 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19567 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19568 cut-and-paste operations.
19569 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19570 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19571 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19572 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19574 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19576 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19577 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19579 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19581 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19582 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19583 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19584 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19585 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19586 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19587 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19588 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19589 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19590 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19591 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19592 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19593 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19594 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19595 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19597 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19599 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19600 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19601 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19602 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19603 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19604 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19605 need into your CSS file.
19607 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19608 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19609 that uses these same face definitions.
19615 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19616 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19617 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19618 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19620 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19621 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19622 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19623 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19627 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19628 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19629 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19630 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19634 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19635 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19636 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19642 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
19643 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
19644 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (19279 5151))
19645 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19647 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19648 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19649 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19650 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19652 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19654 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19655 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19656 Create an ID if necessary.
19660 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19661 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19662 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19663 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
19664 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
19665 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
19666 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
19668 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
19670 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
19671 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19672 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
19673 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
19675 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19677 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19679 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
19680 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19681 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
19682 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19684 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19686 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
19687 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
19688 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
19692 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
19693 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
19694 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
19695 if there is no entry with that ID.
19696 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
19698 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
19700 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
19701 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
19707 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
19708 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19709 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
19711 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
19712 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
19714 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
19715 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
19716 FIXME: How to update when broken?
19718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19722 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19723 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19724 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19726 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19727 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
19733 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
19734 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19735 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
19736 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19737 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
19739 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
19740 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
19744 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19745 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19746 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19750 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
19751 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19752 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19756 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
19757 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19758 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19759 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19760 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19761 then use this command to convert it.
19763 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19765 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19766 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19767 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19768 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19769 cut-and-paste operations.
19770 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19771 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19772 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
19773 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19775 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19777 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19778 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19780 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19782 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19783 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19784 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19785 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19786 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19787 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19788 convert them as description lists.
19789 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19790 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19791 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19792 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19793 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19794 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19795 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19796 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19797 simply return the content of
\begin{document}...
\end{document},
19798 without even the
\begin{document} and
\end{document} commands.
19799 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19801 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19803 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
19804 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
19806 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19808 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
19809 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
19815 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
19816 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19279
19818 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
19820 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
19821 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
19822 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
19823 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
19827 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
19828 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
19829 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
19830 agenda view showing the flagged items.
19834 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
19835 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
19841 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
19842 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19843 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
19845 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
19846 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
19847 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
19848 line directly before or after the table.
19850 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
19854 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19855 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19856 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19857 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19859 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
19861 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19864 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19866 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19867 Publish all projects.
19868 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
19869 directory and force publishing all files.
19871 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19873 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19874 Publish the current file.
19875 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19877 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19879 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19880 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19881 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19884 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19888 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19889 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
19890 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19279 5151))
19891 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
19893 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
19894 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
19898 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
19899 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19900 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19901 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19902 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19906 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
19907 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19908 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19909 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19911 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19913 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
19914 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19915 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19916 of the remember buffer.
19918 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19919 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19920 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19921 note stored by remember.
19923 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19924 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19926 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19928 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
19929 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19930 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
19931 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
19932 `org-remember-default-headline'.
19934 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
19935 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
19936 process is used to select the target location.
19938 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
19939 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
19941 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
19942 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
19945 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
19946 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
19947 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
19949 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
19950 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
19951 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
19952 some additional data.
19954 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19955 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19956 \(i.e. after the stars).
19958 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19964 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
19965 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19279 5151))
19966 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
19968 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
19969 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19973 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
19974 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19978 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
19979 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
19980 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
19981 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
19982 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
19984 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
19988 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
19989 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
19990 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19991 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
19993 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
19994 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
19995 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
19996 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
19997 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
19998 without user interaction.
19999 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20000 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20001 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20002 the region 0:00:00.
20004 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20006 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20007 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20008 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20009 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
20010 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
20011 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20012 that was not started at the correct moment.
20014 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
20016 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20017 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20019 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20021 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20022 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20026 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
20029 \(fn MINUTES)" t nil)
20033 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
20034 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
20035 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
20037 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
20038 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20039 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20041 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20045 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20046 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
20047 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20048 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20050 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20051 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20052 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20053 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20055 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20056 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20057 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20058 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20060 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20061 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20062 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20063 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20064 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20065 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20067 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20068 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20069 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20071 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20072 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20073 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20074 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20075 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20076 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20077 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20078 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20079 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20080 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20081 The subheadings remain visible.
20082 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20084 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20085 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20086 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20088 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20089 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20093 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20094 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20095 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20096 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20099 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20103 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19279 5148))
20104 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20106 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20107 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20108 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20109 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20110 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20111 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20113 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20115 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20116 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20117 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20118 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20120 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20121 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20127 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20128 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
20129 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20130 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20132 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20133 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20134 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20135 unknown are returned as nil.
20137 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20141 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19279
20143 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20145 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20146 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20147 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20149 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20150 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20152 Other useful functions are:
20154 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20155 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20156 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20157 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20158 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20159 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20160 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20161 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20162 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20164 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20166 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20167 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20168 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20169 Indentation for case statements.
20170 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20171 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20173 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20174 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20175 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20176 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20177 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20178 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20179 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20180 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20181 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20182 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20184 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20185 pascal-separator-keywords.
20187 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20188 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20194 ;;;### (autoloads (password-cache-expiry password-cache) "password-cache"
20195 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" (19365 25156))
20196 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20198 (defvar password-cache t "\
20199 Whether to cache passwords.")
20201 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20203 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20204 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20205 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20207 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20211 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20212 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
20213 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20215 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20216 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20217 The keys affected are:
20218 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20219 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20220 M-Backspace does undo.
20221 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20222 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20223 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20229 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20230 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
20231 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20233 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20234 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20235 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20236 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20237 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20238 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20240 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20242 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20243 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20245 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20247 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20248 which modify the status of the mark.
20250 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20251 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20253 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20254 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20256 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20257 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20258 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20259 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20260 turning PC Selection mode on.
20262 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20263 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20265 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20266 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20267 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20269 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20270 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20271 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20273 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20274 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20276 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20277 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20278 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20280 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20281 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20282 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20288 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20289 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20296 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19279
20298 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20300 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20301 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20307 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20308 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19279 5148))
20309 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20311 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20312 Completion for `gzip'.
20316 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20317 Completion for `bzip2'.
20321 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20322 Completion for GNU `make'.
20326 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20327 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20331 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20335 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20336 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19279 5148))
20337 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20339 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20340 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20344 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20345 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20349 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20350 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20356 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19279
20358 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20360 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20361 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20367 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20368 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20369 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19282 55646))
20370 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20372 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20373 Completion for `cd'.
20377 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20379 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20380 Completion for `rmdir'.
20384 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20385 Completion for `rm'.
20389 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20390 Completion for `xargs'.
20394 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20396 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20397 Completion for `which'.
20401 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20402 Completion for the `chown' command.
20406 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20407 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20411 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20412 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20416 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20417 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20418 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20424 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20425 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20426 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19279
20428 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20430 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20431 Support extensible programmable completion.
20432 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20433 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20435 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20437 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20438 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20442 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20443 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20444 This will modify the current buffer.
20448 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20449 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20453 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20454 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20455 This will modify the current buffer.
20459 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20460 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20464 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20465 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20469 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20470 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20471 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20472 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20473 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20475 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20477 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20478 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20484 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20485 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20486 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (19279 5148))
20487 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20489 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20490 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20491 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20492 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20494 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20496 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20498 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20499 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20500 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20501 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20502 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20503 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20506 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20508 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20509 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20510 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20511 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20512 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20513 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20514 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20515 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20517 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20519 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20520 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20521 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20522 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20523 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20524 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20525 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20528 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20530 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20531 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20532 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20533 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20534 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20535 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20536 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20538 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20540 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20541 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20542 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20544 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20546 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20547 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20548 A value of nil means never do it.
20549 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20550 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20551 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20553 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20555 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20556 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20557 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (19279 5148))
20562 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20564 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20568 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20569 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
20570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20571 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20572 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20573 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20574 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20575 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20576 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20578 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20579 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20580 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20581 Tab indents for Perl code.
20582 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20583 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20584 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20586 Variables controlling indentation style:
20587 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20588 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20589 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20590 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20591 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20592 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20593 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20595 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20596 `perl-indent-level'
20597 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20598 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20599 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20600 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20601 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20602 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20603 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20604 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20605 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20606 `perl-brace-offset'
20607 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20608 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20609 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20610 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20611 `perl-label-offset'
20612 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20613 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20614 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20616 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20617 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20618 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20619 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20620 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20621 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20622 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20624 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20630 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20631 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20632 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20633 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19279 5148))
20634 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20636 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20637 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20639 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20641 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20642 passphrase cache or user.
20644 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20646 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20647 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20649 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20652 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20654 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20655 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20657 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20660 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20661 passphrase cache or user.
20663 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20665 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20666 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20668 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20670 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20673 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20674 passphrase cache or user.
20676 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20678 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20679 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20681 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20682 passphrase cache or user.
20684 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20686 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20687 Decrypt the current buffer.
20689 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20692 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20693 passphrase cache or user.
20695 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20697 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20698 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20700 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20701 a detached signature.
20703 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20704 and the output is displayed.
20706 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20707 passphrase cache or user.
20709 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20711 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20712 Sign the current buffer.
20714 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20715 detached signature.
20717 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20720 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20721 and the output is displayed.
20723 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20724 passphrase cache or user.
20726 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20728 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20729 Verify the current region between START and END.
20730 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20731 the detached signature of the current region.
20733 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20734 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20736 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20738 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20739 Verify the current buffer.
20740 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20741 the detached signature of the current region.
20742 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20743 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20744 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20747 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20749 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20750 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20754 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20755 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20757 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20759 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20760 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20766 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20767 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
20768 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20770 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20771 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20773 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20777 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20778 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
20779 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20781 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20782 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20783 \\<picture-mode-map>
20784 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20785 afterwards settable by these commands:
20787 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20788 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20789 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20790 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20792 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20793 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20794 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20795 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20797 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20798 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20799 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20800 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20802 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20803 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20804 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20805 with these commands:
20807 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20808 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20809 Move to column following last
20810 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20811 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20812 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20813 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20814 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20815 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20817 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20819 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20820 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20821 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20822 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20823 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20824 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20826 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20827 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20828 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20829 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20830 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20831 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20832 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20834 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20835 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20836 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20837 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20838 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20839 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20840 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20841 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20843 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20844 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20845 by supplying an argument.
20847 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20849 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20850 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20854 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20858 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20859 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
20860 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20862 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20863 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20864 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20866 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20870 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19279 5151))
20871 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20873 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20874 Play pong and waste time.
20875 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20876 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20878 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20886 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20887 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20888 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
20889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20891 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20892 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20893 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20894 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20896 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20898 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20899 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20903 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20904 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20905 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20906 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20907 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20909 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20911 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20912 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20913 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20915 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20917 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20918 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20920 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20922 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20923 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20924 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20925 Ignores leading comment characters.
20929 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20930 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20931 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20932 Ignores leading comment characters.
20938 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20939 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20940 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20941 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20942 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20943 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20944 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20945 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20946 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20947 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20948 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20949 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20950 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20951 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20952 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20953 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20954 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20955 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20956 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
20957 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20959 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20960 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20962 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20964 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20966 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20968 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20969 Preview directory using ghostview.
20971 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20972 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20973 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20974 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20976 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20977 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20978 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20979 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20980 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20983 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20985 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20987 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20988 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20990 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20991 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20992 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20993 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20995 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20996 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20997 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20998 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20999 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21002 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21004 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21006 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21007 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21009 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21010 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21011 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21012 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21014 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21015 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21016 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21017 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21018 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21021 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21023 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21025 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21026 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21028 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21030 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21031 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21032 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21033 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21035 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21036 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21037 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21038 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21039 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21042 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21044 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21046 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21047 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21049 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21050 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21051 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21053 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21054 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21055 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21056 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21058 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21060 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21061 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21063 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21064 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21065 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21067 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21068 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21069 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21070 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21072 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21074 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21075 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21077 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21078 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21079 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21081 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21082 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21083 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21084 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21086 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21088 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21089 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21091 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21093 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21094 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21095 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21097 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21098 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21099 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21100 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21102 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21104 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21105 Preview region using ghostview.
21107 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21109 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21111 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21112 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21114 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21116 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21118 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21119 Print region using PostScript printer.
21121 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21123 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21125 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21126 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21128 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21130 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21132 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21133 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21135 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21137 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21139 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21140 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21142 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21144 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21146 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21147 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21149 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21151 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21153 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21154 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21156 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21158 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21160 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21161 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21162 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21163 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21165 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21168 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21169 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21171 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21173 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21175 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21176 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21177 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21178 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21182 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21183 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21184 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21185 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21189 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21190 Print directory using text printer.
21192 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21195 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21196 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21198 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21200 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21202 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21203 Print buffer using text printer.
21207 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21208 Print region using text printer.
21212 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21213 Print major mode using text printer.
21217 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21218 Preview spooled PostScript.
21220 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21221 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21222 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21224 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21225 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21226 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21228 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21230 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21231 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21233 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21234 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21235 instead of sending it to the printer.
21237 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21238 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21239 image in a file with that name.
21241 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21243 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21244 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21246 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21247 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21248 instead of sending it to the printer.
21250 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21251 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21252 image in a file with that name.
21254 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21256 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21257 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21259 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21260 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21261 instead of sending it to the printer.
21263 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21264 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21265 image in a file with that name.
21267 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21269 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21270 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21272 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21274 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21275 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21277 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21279 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21280 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21282 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21284 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21285 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21287 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21289 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21290 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21292 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21294 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21295 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21297 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21298 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21299 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21300 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21302 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21303 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21304 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21305 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21306 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21307 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21310 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21312 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21313 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21317 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21318 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21320 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21322 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21327 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21328 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21332 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21333 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21337 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21338 Toggle printing with faces.
21342 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21347 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21352 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21355 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21357 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21362 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21367 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21368 Toggle upside-down.
21372 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21373 Toggle line number.
21377 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21378 Toggle zebra stripes.
21382 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21383 Toggle printing header.
21387 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21388 Toggle printing header frame.
21392 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21397 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21398 Toggle auto region.
21402 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21407 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21408 Customization of the `printing' group.
21410 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21412 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21413 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21415 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21417 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21418 Help for the printing package.
21420 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21422 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21423 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21427 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21428 Interactively select a text printer.
21432 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21433 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21437 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21438 Show current ps-print settings.
21440 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21442 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21443 Show current printing settings.
21445 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21447 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21448 Show current lpr settings.
21450 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21452 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21453 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21455 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21456 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21457 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21458 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21461 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21463 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21464 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21465 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21467 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21468 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21469 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21470 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21471 current active printer.
21473 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21474 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21475 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21478 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21479 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21480 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21481 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21482 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21485 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21486 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21488 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21490 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21491 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21492 be done using the new current active printer.
21494 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21495 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21498 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21499 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21500 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21501 instead of sending it to the printer.
21503 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21504 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21507 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21510 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21513 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21515 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21516 Fast fire function for text printing.
21518 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21519 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21520 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21521 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21523 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21524 user for a new active text printer.
21526 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21528 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21530 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21531 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21534 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21536 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21539 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21543 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19279 5148))
21544 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21546 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21547 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21548 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21549 information will be displayed but not selected.
21550 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21552 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
21554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21558 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21559 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
21560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21562 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21563 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21564 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21566 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21567 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21568 if that value is non-nil.
21572 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21574 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21575 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21576 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21578 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21582 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19279
21584 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21586 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21587 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21588 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21590 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21594 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19279
21596 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21598 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21599 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21601 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21603 The following variables hold user options, and can
21604 be set through the `customize' command:
21606 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21608 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21609 `ps-mode-print-function'
21611 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21615 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21618 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21624 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21625 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21626 The keymap for this second window is:
21628 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21631 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21632 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21633 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21634 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21635 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21641 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21642 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21643 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21644 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21645 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21646 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19356
21648 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21650 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21651 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21652 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21654 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21656 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21657 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21658 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21659 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21661 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21663 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21664 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21668 nil Do not print colors.
21672 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21673 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21675 Any other value is treated as t.")
21677 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21679 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21680 Customization of ps-print group.
21684 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21685 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21687 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21688 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21689 sending it to the printer.
21691 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21692 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21693 image in a file with that name.
21695 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21697 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21698 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21699 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21700 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21701 so it has a way to determine color values.
21703 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21705 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21706 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21707 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21709 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21711 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21712 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21713 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21714 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21715 so it has a way to determine color values.
21717 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21719 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21720 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21721 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21722 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21724 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21728 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21729 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21730 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21731 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21732 so it has a way to determine color values.
21734 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21738 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21739 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21740 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21742 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21744 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21746 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21747 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21748 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21749 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21750 so it has a way to determine color values.
21752 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21754 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21756 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21757 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21759 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21760 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21761 instead of sending it to the printer.
21763 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21764 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21765 image in a file with that name.
21767 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21769 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21770 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21771 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21772 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21773 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21777 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21778 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21779 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21781 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21783 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21784 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21785 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21787 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21789 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21790 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21794 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21795 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21797 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21798 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21800 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21801 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21803 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21805 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21807 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21809 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21810 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21812 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21813 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21815 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21816 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21818 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21820 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21822 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21824 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21825 foreground and background colors respectively.
21827 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21828 bold - use bold font.
21829 italic - use italic font.
21830 underline - put a line under text.
21831 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21832 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21833 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21834 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21835 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21837 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21839 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21843 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21844 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19338 9841))
21845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21847 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
21849 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21851 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21853 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21854 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21855 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21856 buffer automatically.
21858 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21859 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21860 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21861 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21862 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21863 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21864 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21866 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21867 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21868 buffer for a list of commands.)
21870 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21872 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21873 Major mode for editing Python files.
21874 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21875 for correct parsing of the source.
21876 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21877 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21878 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21880 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21881 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21882 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21883 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21884 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21885 \\<python-mode-map>
21886 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21887 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21888 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21889 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21890 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21891 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21893 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21894 effect outside them.
21896 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21897 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21898 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21899 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21900 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21901 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21902 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21903 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21904 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21906 \\{python-mode-map}
21910 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21911 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21912 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21913 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21917 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21918 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21919 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21920 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21921 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21922 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
21924 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
21925 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
21926 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
21927 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
21928 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
21929 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
21930 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
21932 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
21933 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
21934 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
21935 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
21936 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
21938 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
21939 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
21940 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
21941 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
21942 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
21943 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
21944 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
21947 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
21948 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
21949 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
21950 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
21951 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
21952 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
21955 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
21959 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21960 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
21961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21963 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21964 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21965 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21968 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21969 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21971 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21972 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21973 them into characters should be done separately.
21975 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21979 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21980 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21981 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21982 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21983 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19279 5150))
21984 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21986 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21987 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21991 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21992 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21993 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21995 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21996 `quail-activate', which see.
21998 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22000 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22001 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22002 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22003 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22004 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22005 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22006 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22008 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22009 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22010 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22011 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22012 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22014 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22016 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22017 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22018 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22019 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22020 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22021 list of candidates.
22023 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22024 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22025 command to be called.
22027 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22028 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22029 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22030 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22032 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22033 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22034 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22035 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22036 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22039 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22040 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22041 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22042 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22044 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22045 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22046 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22047 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22049 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22050 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22051 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22052 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22053 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22054 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22056 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22057 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22058 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22059 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22060 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22061 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22063 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22064 covers Quail translation region.
22066 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22067 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22068 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22069 for it) is inserted.
22071 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22072 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22073 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22075 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22076 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22077 non-Quail commands.
22079 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22081 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22082 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22084 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22085 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22086 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22087 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22088 you type is correctly handled.
22090 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22092 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22093 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22095 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22098 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22100 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22101 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22102 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22103 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22104 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22105 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22106 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22107 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22108 for the translation.
22109 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22111 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22112 it is used to handle KEY.
22114 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22115 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22116 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22117 the following annotation types are supported.
22119 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22120 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22122 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22125 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22126 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22127 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22130 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22131 generated for the following translations.
22133 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22135 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22136 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22138 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22139 which to install MAP.
22141 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22143 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22145 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22146 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22148 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22149 which to install MAP.
22151 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22153 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22155 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22156 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22157 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22158 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22159 a function, or a cons.
22160 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22161 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22162 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22163 for the translation.
22164 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22165 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22166 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22167 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22168 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22170 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22171 it is used to handle KEY.
22173 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22174 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22175 current Quail package.
22177 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22178 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22180 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22182 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22183 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22185 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22186 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22188 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22190 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22191 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22193 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22195 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22196 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22197 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22198 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22199 of the Emacs source tree.
22201 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22202 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22204 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22205 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22208 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22212 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22213 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22214 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19279
22216 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22218 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22219 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22220 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22221 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22223 To make use of this do something like:
22225 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22227 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22229 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22230 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22232 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22233 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22234 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22236 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22238 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22239 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22241 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22243 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22244 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22246 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22249 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22251 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22252 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22254 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22255 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22256 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22258 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22260 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22261 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22263 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22265 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22266 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22270 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22271 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22273 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22275 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22279 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22280 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22286 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22287 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19279 5151))
22288 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22290 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22291 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22293 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22295 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22299 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22301 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22304 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22306 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22307 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22308 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22309 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22310 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22311 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22313 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22315 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22316 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22322 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19279
22324 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22326 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22327 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22330 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22334 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22335 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
22336 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22338 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22340 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22341 Construct a regexp interactively.
22347 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19279 5148))
22348 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22350 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22351 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22352 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22353 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22354 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22355 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22357 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22359 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22360 Toggle recentf mode.
22361 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22362 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22364 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22365 that were operated on recently.
22367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22371 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22372 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22373 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22374 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (19279
22376 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22377 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22378 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22379 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22380 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22381 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22382 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22384 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22385 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22386 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22387 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22389 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22391 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22393 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22394 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22395 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22396 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22399 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22400 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22403 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22405 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22406 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22407 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22409 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22410 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22413 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22415 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22416 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22417 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22419 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22421 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22422 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22424 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22425 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22427 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22430 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22431 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22432 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22433 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22436 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22438 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22439 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22443 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22444 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22445 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22446 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22447 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22448 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22449 and point is at the lower right corner.
22451 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22453 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22454 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22456 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22457 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22459 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22460 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22461 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22463 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22465 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22467 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22468 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22469 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22470 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22471 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22473 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22474 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22476 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22478 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22479 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22480 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22482 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22484 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22486 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22488 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22489 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22491 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22492 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22493 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22495 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22497 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22498 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22499 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22501 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22502 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22503 rectangle which were empty.
22505 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22509 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19279
22511 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22513 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22514 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22515 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22517 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22518 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22519 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22525 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22526 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19279 5152))
22527 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22529 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22530 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22534 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22535 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22537 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22538 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22540 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22541 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22542 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22545 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22546 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22547 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22549 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22550 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22551 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22553 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22554 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22556 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22557 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22559 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22560 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22563 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22567 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22568 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22569 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22575 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22576 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
22577 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22579 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22580 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22581 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22582 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22583 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22584 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22586 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22588 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22590 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22591 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22592 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22593 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22594 `reftex-cite-format'.
22596 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22597 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22598 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22599 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22601 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22605 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22606 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
22607 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22609 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22610 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22611 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22612 the current TeX document.
22614 With no argument, this command toggles
22615 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22616 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22622 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22623 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
22624 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22626 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22627 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22628 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22630 To insert new phrases, use
22631 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22632 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22634 To index phrases use one of:
22636 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22637 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22638 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22639 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22640 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22642 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22643 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22645 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22647 Here are all local bindings.
22649 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22655 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22656 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
22657 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22659 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22660 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22661 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22664 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19370
22671 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
22672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19352
22675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19367
22677 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
22678 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22679 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22680 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22681 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22682 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22686 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22687 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
22688 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22690 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22691 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22692 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22693 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22694 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22695 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22697 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22698 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22700 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22703 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22705 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22706 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22707 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22708 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22710 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22714 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22715 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22716 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
22717 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22719 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22720 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22721 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22722 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22724 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22726 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22728 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22729 Call `remember' in another frame.
22731 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22733 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22734 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22735 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22740 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22741 Extract diary entries from the region.
22747 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19279 5148))
22748 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22750 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22751 Repeat most recently executed command.
22752 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22753 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22754 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22756 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22757 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22758 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22759 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22761 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22762 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22763 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22765 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22769 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22770 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
22771 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22773 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22774 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22776 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22777 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22778 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22779 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22780 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22781 and point is left after the salutation.
22783 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22784 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22785 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22786 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22787 left after that text.
22789 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22792 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22793 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22794 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22795 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22797 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22801 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22802 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
22803 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22805 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22806 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22807 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22808 visibility of comments that precede it.
22809 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22810 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22811 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22812 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22813 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22814 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22815 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22816 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22818 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22819 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22820 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22821 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22822 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22828 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22829 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
22830 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22832 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22833 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22834 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22836 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22837 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22838 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22842 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22843 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22844 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22845 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22846 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22847 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22849 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22851 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22852 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22853 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22855 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22856 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22857 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22863 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22864 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
22865 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22867 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22868 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22872 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22873 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22875 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22879 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19279 5151))
22880 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22881 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
22883 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22884 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22885 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22886 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22888 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22890 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22891 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22892 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22893 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22895 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22896 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22898 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22899 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22901 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22902 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22905 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22906 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22907 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22908 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22909 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22911 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22912 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22913 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22914 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22916 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22917 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22920 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22924 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22925 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22926 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22927 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22928 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
22930 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19370
22932 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
22933 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19352
22936 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19363
22938 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
22939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22941 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22942 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22943 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22945 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22947 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22948 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22949 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22950 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22951 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22952 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22953 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22955 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22956 sent by you under different user names.
22957 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22959 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22961 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22963 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22964 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22965 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
22966 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
22967 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
22969 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
22970 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
22972 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22974 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
22975 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22976 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
22977 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
22978 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
22979 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
22980 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
22982 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22983 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22984 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22985 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22986 which normally happens once for each message,
22987 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22988 To make a change in this variable take effect
22989 for a message that you have already viewed,
22990 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22992 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22994 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22995 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22996 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22997 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22999 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23001 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
23002 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23004 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23006 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23007 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23008 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23010 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23012 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23013 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23014 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23015 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23016 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23017 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23019 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23021 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23022 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23024 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23026 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23027 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23029 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23031 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23032 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23034 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23035 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23037 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23039 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23040 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23042 This is set to nil by default.")
23044 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23045 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23046 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23047 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23048 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23049 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23050 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23052 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23053 Read and edit incoming mail.
23054 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23055 file in RMAIL Mode.
23056 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23058 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23059 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23060 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23061 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23063 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23065 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23067 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23068 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23069 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23070 Instead, these commands are available:
23072 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23073 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23074 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23075 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23076 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23077 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23078 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23079 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23080 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23081 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23082 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23083 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23084 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23085 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23086 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23087 till a deleted message is found.
23088 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23089 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23090 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23091 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23092 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23093 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23094 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23095 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23096 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23097 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23098 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23099 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23100 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23101 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23102 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23103 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23104 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23105 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23106 (label defaults to last one specified).
23107 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23108 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23109 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23110 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23111 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23112 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23113 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23114 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23115 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23119 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23120 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23122 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23124 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23125 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23127 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23131 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23132 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19279 5150))
23133 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23134 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23136 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23137 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23138 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23139 case it writes Babyl.
23141 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23142 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23143 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23144 `rmail-default-file'.
23146 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23147 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23148 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23150 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23151 the header display is currently pruned.
23153 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23154 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23155 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23156 messages after output.
23158 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23159 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23160 message (if writing a file directly).
23162 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23163 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23165 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23167 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23168 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23169 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23170 i) the header is output as currently seen
23171 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23172 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23174 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23175 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23176 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23178 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23180 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23181 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23182 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23183 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23184 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23185 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23186 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23188 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23189 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23190 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23192 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23196 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23197 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
23198 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23200 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23201 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23204 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23208 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23209 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
23210 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23212 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23213 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23214 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23215 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23221 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23222 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
23223 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23225 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23226 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23228 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23229 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23230 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23231 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23232 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23233 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23234 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23235 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23236 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23237 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23239 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23240 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23241 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23242 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23243 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23244 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23245 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23246 to use for finding the schema.
23248 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23252 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19279
23254 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23256 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23258 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23259 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23260 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23261 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23262 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23263 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23264 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23265 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23266 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23267 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23268 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23269 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23270 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23271 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23272 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23273 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23276 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23280 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23281 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19279 5150))
23282 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23284 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23285 Define a robin package.
23287 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23288 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23289 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23290 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23292 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23293 one replaces the old one.
23295 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23297 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23298 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23300 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23301 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23302 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23304 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23306 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23307 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23309 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23313 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23314 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19279 5148))
23315 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23317 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23318 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23320 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23322 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23323 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23325 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23327 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23328 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23330 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23332 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23333 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23334 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23336 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23337 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23340 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23344 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23345 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23351 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23352 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
23353 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23354 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23356 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23357 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23359 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23360 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23361 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23362 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23363 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23365 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23366 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23367 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23368 font-locking of blocks.
23374 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23376 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23377 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23378 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23379 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23381 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23382 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23383 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23389 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23390 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
23391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23393 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23394 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23395 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23396 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23397 nesting into account.
23399 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23405 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23407 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23411 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19279
23413 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23415 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23416 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23422 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19279
23424 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23426 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23427 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23428 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23429 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23431 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23433 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23434 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23435 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23437 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23438 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23439 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23441 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23445 matches string STRING literally.
23448 matches character CHAR literally.
23450 `not-newline', `nonl'
23451 matches any character except a newline.
23454 matches any character
23459 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23460 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23461 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23463 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23464 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23465 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23466 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23468 `(not (any SET ...))'
23469 matches any character not in SET ...
23471 `line-start', `bol'
23472 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23473 in the text being matched
23476 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23478 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23479 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23480 string being matched against.
23482 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23483 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23484 string being matched against.
23487 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23488 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23491 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23492 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23495 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23497 `word-start', `bow'
23498 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23501 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23504 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23507 `(not word-boundary)'
23508 `not-word-boundary'
23509 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23513 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23516 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23518 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23519 matches 0 through 9.
23522 matches ASCII control characters.
23524 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23525 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23528 matches space and tab only.
23531 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23534 `printing', `print'
23535 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23538 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23539 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23540 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23542 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23543 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23544 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23547 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23550 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23552 `lower', `lower-case'
23553 matches anything lower-case.
23555 `upper', `upper-case'
23556 matches anything upper-case.
23558 `punctuation', `punct'
23559 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23560 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23562 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23563 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23566 matches anything that has word syntax.
23569 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23572 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23573 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23574 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23576 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23577 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23580 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23581 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23582 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23583 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23584 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23586 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23587 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23588 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23589 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23590 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23592 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23593 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23595 `(category CATEGORY)'
23596 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23597 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23599 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23600 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23601 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23602 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23606 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23607 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23608 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23609 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23610 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23611 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23612 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23613 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23614 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23615 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23616 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23617 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23618 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23619 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23628 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23632 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23634 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23639 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23640 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23642 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23643 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23644 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23645 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23646 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23648 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23649 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23650 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23651 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23653 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23654 another name for `submatch'.
23656 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23657 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23658 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23659 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23660 regular expression.
23662 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23663 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23664 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23665 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23666 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23668 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23669 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23671 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23672 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23674 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23676 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23679 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23680 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23683 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23684 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23686 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23688 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23691 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23694 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23696 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23697 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23699 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23702 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23705 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23709 matches N occurrences.
23712 matches N or more occurrences.
23714 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23715 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23716 matches N to M occurrences.
23719 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23722 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23726 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23728 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23732 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23733 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
23734 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23736 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23737 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23738 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23741 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23743 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23744 Toggle savehist-mode.
23745 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23746 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23747 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23748 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23750 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23751 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23752 which is probably undesirable.
23758 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23759 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
23760 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23762 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23763 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23764 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23766 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23767 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23768 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23769 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23770 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23771 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23772 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23773 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23776 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23777 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23778 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23779 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23780 if that value is non-nil.
23784 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23785 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23786 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23789 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23790 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23791 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23792 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23793 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23794 that variable's value is a string.
23800 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23801 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
23802 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23804 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23805 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23806 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23808 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23814 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23815 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
23816 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23818 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23819 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23820 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23822 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23823 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23825 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23827 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23828 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23829 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23830 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23831 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23837 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23838 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
23839 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23841 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23842 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23843 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23844 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23845 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23852 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23853 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19323 49698))
23854 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23856 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23857 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23858 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23860 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23861 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23862 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23863 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23864 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23865 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23866 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23867 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23868 keybinding for tag names.")
23870 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23872 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23873 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23874 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23875 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23876 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23877 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23879 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23881 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23882 Toggle Semantic mode.
23883 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23885 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23886 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23887 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23888 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23891 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23897 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23898 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23899 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23900 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23901 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23902 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23903 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23904 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23906 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19338 9841))
23907 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
23908 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19352 21361))
23910 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19374 15070))
23911 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
23912 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23914 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23915 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23917 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23919 If `parens', they look like:
23920 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23921 If `angles', they look like:
23922 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23924 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23925 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23927 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23929 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23930 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23931 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23932 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23934 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23935 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23936 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23937 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23939 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23941 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23942 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23943 This is done when the message is initialized,
23944 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23946 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23948 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23949 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23950 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23952 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23954 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23956 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23957 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23958 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23959 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23960 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23961 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23962 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23964 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23965 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
23967 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23968 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23970 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23972 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23973 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23974 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23977 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23979 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23980 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23981 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23982 when you first send mail.")
23984 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23986 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23987 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23988 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23989 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23990 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23992 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23994 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23995 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23996 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23997 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23998 This file need not actually exist.")
24000 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24002 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24003 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24005 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24007 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24008 Alist of mail address aliases,
24009 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24010 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24011 can specify a different file name.)
24012 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24013 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24015 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24016 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24017 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24019 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24021 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24022 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24023 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24025 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24027 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24028 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24029 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24030 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24031 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24032 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24033 in the cited portion of the message.
24035 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24036 instead of no action.")
24038 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24040 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|}]\\)+") "\
24041 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24042 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24043 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24044 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24046 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24048 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24049 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24050 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24051 If a string, that string is inserted.
24052 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24053 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24054 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24055 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24057 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24059 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24060 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24062 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24064 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24065 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24066 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24068 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24069 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24071 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24073 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24074 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24075 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24076 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24078 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24080 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24081 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24082 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24083 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24086 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24088 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24089 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24090 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24091 `query' means ask the user each time.
24092 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24093 The default is `mime'.
24094 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24095 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24097 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24099 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24100 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24101 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24103 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24104 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24106 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24107 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24108 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24109 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24110 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24111 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24112 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24113 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24114 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24115 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24116 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24117 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24118 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24122 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24123 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24124 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24125 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24127 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24129 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24130 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24131 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24132 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24133 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24134 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24136 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24137 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24138 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24140 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24141 User should not set this variable manually,
24142 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24143 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24144 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24145 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24147 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24148 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24149 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24150 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24152 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24153 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24156 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24158 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24159 to move to message header fields:
24162 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24163 when the message is initialized.
24165 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24166 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24168 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24171 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24172 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24174 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24175 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24176 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24177 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24178 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24179 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24180 buffer without erasing the contents.
24182 The second through fifth arguments,
24183 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24184 the initial contents of those header fields.
24185 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24186 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24187 original message being replied to, or else an action
24188 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24189 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24190 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24191 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24192 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24193 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24195 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24197 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24198 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24200 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24202 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24203 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24205 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24209 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24210 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19279
24212 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24214 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24215 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24216 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24217 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24218 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24219 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24221 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24222 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24224 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
24225 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24228 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24230 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24231 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24232 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24233 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24235 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24237 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24238 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24239 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24240 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24241 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24242 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24244 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24246 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24247 Toggle Server mode.
24248 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24249 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24250 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24254 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24255 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24256 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24258 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24259 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24261 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24265 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19279 5148))
24266 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24268 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24269 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24270 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24274 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24275 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24276 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24277 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24283 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24284 ;;;;;; (19292 15232))
24285 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24287 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24288 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24290 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24293 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24294 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24295 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24297 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24298 in your `.emacs' file.
24300 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24302 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24303 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24308 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24309 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24310 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24311 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24312 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24313 which this is based.
24315 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24317 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24318 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24319 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24320 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24322 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24323 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24324 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24326 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24327 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24328 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24329 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24331 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24332 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24333 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24334 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24336 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24338 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24339 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24340 To work around that, do:
24341 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24349 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24350 ;;;;;; (19345 41626))
24351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24352 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24354 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24355 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24356 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24357 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24358 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24359 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24361 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24362 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24363 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24364 shell-specific features.
24366 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24367 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24368 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24370 \\[sh-case] case statement
24371 \\[sh-for] for loop
24372 \\[sh-function] function definition
24373 \\[sh-if] if statement
24374 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24375 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24376 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24377 \\[sh-select] select loop
24378 \\[sh-until] until loop
24379 \\[sh-while] while loop
24381 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24382 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24383 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24384 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24385 would indent to the way it currently is.
24386 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24387 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24390 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24391 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24392 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24393 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24394 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24395 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24397 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24399 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24401 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24402 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24403 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24405 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24406 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24410 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24414 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19279 5148))
24415 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24417 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24418 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24419 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24420 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24421 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24422 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24424 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24428 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24429 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
24430 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24432 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24433 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24435 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24436 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24437 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24439 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24440 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24441 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24442 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24445 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24447 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24449 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24450 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24451 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24453 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24454 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24456 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24457 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24458 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24459 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24460 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24461 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24462 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24465 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24466 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24467 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24468 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24469 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24471 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24472 function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24474 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24478 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24479 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19279
24481 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24483 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24484 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24485 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24486 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24487 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24488 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24489 sites in the cluster.
24493 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24494 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24495 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24496 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24497 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24501 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24502 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24503 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24504 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24505 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24506 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24507 `shadow-define-cluster').
24511 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24512 Set up file shadowing.
24518 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24519 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
24520 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24522 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24523 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24524 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24525 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24526 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24529 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24531 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24532 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24533 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24534 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24535 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24537 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24538 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24539 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24540 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24541 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24542 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24543 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24544 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24545 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24546 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24547 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24549 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24550 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24551 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24552 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24553 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24554 `default-process-coding-system'.
24556 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24557 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24558 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24559 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24561 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24563 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24564 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
24568 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24569 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19279 5150))
24570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24572 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24575 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24577 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24580 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24582 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24585 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24589 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24590 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
24591 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24593 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24594 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24595 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24596 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24597 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24599 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24605 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19279
24607 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24609 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24610 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24611 \\{simula-mode-map}
24612 Variables controlling indentation style:
24613 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24614 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24615 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24616 `simula-indent-level'
24617 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24618 `simula-substatement-offset'
24619 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24620 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24621 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24622 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24623 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24624 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24625 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24626 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24627 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24628 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24629 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24630 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24631 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24632 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24633 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24634 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24635 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24636 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24637 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24638 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24639 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24640 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24641 or nil if they should not be changed.
24642 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24643 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24644 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24645 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24647 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24648 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24654 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24655 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19279 5148))
24656 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24658 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24659 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24661 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24662 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24663 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24664 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24666 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24668 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24670 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24671 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24672 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24673 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24674 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24676 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24677 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24679 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24681 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24682 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24684 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24685 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24686 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24687 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24689 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24690 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24691 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24692 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24694 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24695 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24696 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24698 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24699 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24701 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24702 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24704 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24705 _ interesting point, interregion here
24706 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24707 interesting point set by _
24708 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24709 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24710 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24711 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24712 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24713 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24716 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24717 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24719 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24720 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24721 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24722 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24723 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24724 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24725 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24726 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24728 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24729 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24730 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24731 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24732 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24735 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24736 then: insert previously read string once more
24737 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24738 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24739 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24741 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24742 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24744 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24746 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24747 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24749 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24750 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24751 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24752 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24753 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24756 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24757 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24758 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24764 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24765 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (19279 5148))
24766 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24768 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24769 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24770 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24773 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24775 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24776 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24777 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24781 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24782 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24783 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24789 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24791 ;;;;;; (19370 36541))
24792 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
24793 ;;;;;; (19352 21358))
24795 ;;;;;; (19367 42950))
24796 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
24797 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24799 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24800 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24801 A list of images is returned.
24803 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24805 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24806 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24807 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24809 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24813 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24814 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19279 5150))
24815 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24817 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24822 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24823 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24829 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19279 5151))
24830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24832 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24833 Play the Snake game.
24834 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24836 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24838 Snake mode keybindings:
24840 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24841 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24842 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24843 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24844 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24845 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24846 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24852 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24853 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
24854 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24856 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24857 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24858 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24859 Tab indents for C code.
24860 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24861 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24863 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24868 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24869 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24870 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24871 Tab indents for C code.
24872 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24873 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24875 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24876 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24882 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19279
24884 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24886 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24887 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24888 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24889 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24890 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24892 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24898 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19279
24900 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24902 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24905 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24906 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24907 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24908 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24909 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24910 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24911 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24912 check after each move or undo.)
24916 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24917 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24918 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24937 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24938 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24939 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24940 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24942 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24943 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24944 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24947 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24948 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24950 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24966 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24968 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24974 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24975 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24976 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19279 5148))
24977 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24978 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24980 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24981 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24983 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24984 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24985 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24986 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24989 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24990 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24991 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24994 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24995 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24997 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24998 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24999 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25000 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25003 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25004 It should move point to the end of the record.
25006 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25007 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25008 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25009 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25010 starts at the beginning of the record.
25012 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25013 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25016 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25017 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25019 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25021 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25022 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25023 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25024 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25025 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25028 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25030 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25031 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25032 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25033 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25034 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25037 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25039 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25040 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25041 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25042 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25043 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25046 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25047 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25049 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25050 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25051 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25052 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25053 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25054 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25055 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25056 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25057 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25059 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25061 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25062 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25063 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25064 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25065 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25066 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25067 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25070 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25072 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25073 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25074 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25075 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25076 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25077 is to be used for sorting.
25078 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25079 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25080 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25081 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25082 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25084 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25086 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25089 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25090 starting with the letter \"f\",
25091 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25093 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25095 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25096 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25097 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25098 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25099 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25100 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25101 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25104 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25105 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25106 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25107 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25108 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25110 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25112 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25113 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25114 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25116 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25120 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19279
25122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25124 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25125 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25126 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25127 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25128 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25129 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25131 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25135 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25136 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25137 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19279 5150))
25138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25140 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25141 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25143 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25144 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25145 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25147 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25149 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25150 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25151 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25154 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25156 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25157 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25158 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25160 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25162 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25163 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25164 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25165 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25170 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25171 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25172 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25173 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25179 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25180 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19279 5148))
25181 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25183 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25185 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25186 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25187 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25188 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25189 supported at a time.
25190 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25191 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25195 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25196 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25197 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25198 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25204 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25205 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19279 5152))
25206 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25208 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25210 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25211 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25212 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25213 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25214 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25215 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25219 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25221 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25222 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25223 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25224 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25228 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25230 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25231 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25232 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25233 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25234 for example, \"word\".
25236 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25238 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25240 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25241 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25243 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25245 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25249 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19279
25251 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25253 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25254 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25258 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25259 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25265 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25266 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25267 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25268 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (19279
25270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25272 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25273 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25275 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25276 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25277 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25278 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25279 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25280 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25281 of the current highlighting list.
25285 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25286 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25288 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25289 `_t' as data types.
25291 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25293 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25294 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25296 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25297 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25299 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25301 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25302 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25303 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25305 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25307 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25308 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25309 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25310 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25311 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25312 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25314 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25315 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25317 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25319 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25320 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25321 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25322 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25324 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25325 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25326 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25327 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25329 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25330 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25331 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25335 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25336 Major mode to edit SQL.
25338 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25339 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25340 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25343 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25345 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25346 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25347 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25348 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25349 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25350 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25352 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25353 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25355 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25356 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25357 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25359 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25361 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25365 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25366 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25368 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25369 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25371 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25373 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25375 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25376 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25378 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25379 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25382 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25383 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25384 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25385 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25387 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25388 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25390 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25391 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25392 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25393 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25394 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25395 `default-process-coding-system'.
25397 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25401 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25402 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25404 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25405 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25408 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25409 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25410 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25411 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25413 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25414 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25416 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25417 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25418 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25419 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25420 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25421 `default-process-coding-system'.
25423 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25427 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25428 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25430 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25431 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25434 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25435 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25437 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25438 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25440 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25441 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25442 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25443 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25444 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25445 `default-process-coding-system'.
25447 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25451 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25452 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25454 SQLite is free software.
25456 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25457 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25460 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25461 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25462 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25463 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25465 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25466 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25468 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25469 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25470 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25471 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25472 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25473 `default-process-coding-system'.
25475 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25479 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25480 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25482 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25484 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25485 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25488 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25489 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25490 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25491 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25493 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25494 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25496 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25497 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25498 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25499 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25500 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25501 `default-process-coding-system'.
25503 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25507 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25508 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25510 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25511 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25514 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25515 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25518 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25519 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25521 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25522 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25523 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25524 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25525 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25526 `default-process-coding-system'.
25528 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25532 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25533 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25535 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25536 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25539 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25540 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25542 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25543 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25545 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25546 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25547 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25548 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25549 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25550 `default-process-coding-system'.
25552 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25556 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25557 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25559 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25560 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25563 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25564 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25565 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25566 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25568 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25569 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25571 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25572 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25573 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25574 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25575 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25576 `default-process-coding-system'.
25578 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25582 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25583 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25585 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25586 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25589 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25590 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25591 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25592 `sql-postgres-options'.
25594 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25595 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25597 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25598 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25599 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25600 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25601 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25602 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25603 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25604 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25606 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25607 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25609 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25613 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25614 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25616 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25617 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25620 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25621 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25624 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25625 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25627 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25628 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25629 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25630 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25631 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25632 `default-process-coding-system'.
25634 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25638 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25639 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25641 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25642 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25645 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25648 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25649 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25651 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25652 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25653 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25654 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25656 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25657 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25658 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25659 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25660 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25661 `default-process-coding-system'.
25663 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25667 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25668 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25670 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25671 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25674 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25675 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25676 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25677 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25680 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25681 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25682 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25683 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25686 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25687 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25689 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25695 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25696 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
25697 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25699 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25700 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25704 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25708 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25709 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25710 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25711 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25712 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19279
25714 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25716 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25717 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25718 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25719 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25720 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25721 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25723 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25725 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25727 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25728 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25729 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25730 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25731 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25732 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25733 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25735 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25737 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25738 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25739 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25740 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25741 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25742 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25743 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25745 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25747 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25748 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25749 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25751 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25753 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25754 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25755 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25757 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25759 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25760 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25762 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25764 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25765 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25769 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25770 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25774 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25775 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25776 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25777 chronologically by command name.
25778 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25780 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25782 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25783 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25784 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25785 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25786 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25787 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25789 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25791 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25792 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25793 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25794 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25795 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25796 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25797 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25799 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25800 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25801 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25802 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25804 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25808 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25809 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25810 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25811 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25813 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25815 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25816 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25822 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25823 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19256 49605))
25824 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25826 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25827 Studlify-case the region.
25829 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25831 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25832 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25834 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25836 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25837 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25843 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
25844 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
25845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25847 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25848 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
25849 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
25850 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
25851 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
25852 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
25853 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
25854 Here are some examples:
25856 Nomenclature Subwords
25857 ===========================================================
25858 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25859 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25860 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25862 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25863 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25866 \\{subword-mode-map}
25868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25870 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25871 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25872 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25873 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25874 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25875 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25877 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25879 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25880 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
25881 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
25883 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25884 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25885 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25891 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25892 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
25893 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25895 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25896 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25897 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25898 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25899 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25900 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25901 original message but it does require a few things:
25903 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25905 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25908 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25909 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25912 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25914 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25916 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25917 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25918 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25924 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19279
25926 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25928 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25930 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25931 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25932 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25933 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25934 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25935 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25937 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25939 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25940 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25941 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25942 otherwise turn it off.
25944 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25945 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25946 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25952 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19279 5148))
25953 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25955 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25956 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25957 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25958 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25959 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25961 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25963 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25964 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25965 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25966 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25967 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25968 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25969 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25971 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25975 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25976 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25977 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25978 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25979 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25980 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25981 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25982 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25983 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25984 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25985 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25986 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25987 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19356 10801))
25988 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25990 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25991 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25992 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25994 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25996 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25997 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25999 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26001 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26002 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26004 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26006 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26007 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26009 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26011 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26012 Insert an editable text table.
26013 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26014 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26015 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26016 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26017 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26018 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26023 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26025 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26030 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26031 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26032 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26033 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26036 +-----+-----+-----+
26038 +-----+-----+-----+
26040 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26042 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26043 width, which results as
26045 +--------------+-----+-----+
26047 +--------------+-----+-----+
26049 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26050 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26052 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26054 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26056 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26057 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26058 width information to `table-insert'.
26060 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26066 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26069 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26070 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26072 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26075 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26077 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26079 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26082 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26085 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26087 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26089 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26092 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26095 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26098 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26099 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26100 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26102 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26105 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26108 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26111 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26113 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26116 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26119 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26120 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26121 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26122 | | |expected results.-!- |
26123 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26126 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26128 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26132 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26134 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26135 Insert N table row(s).
26136 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26137 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26138 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26139 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26143 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26144 Insert N table column(s).
26145 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26146 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26147 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26148 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26152 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26153 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26154 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26156 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26158 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26159 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26160 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26161 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26162 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26163 all the table specific features.
26165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26167 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26172 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26173 Recognize all tables within region.
26174 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26175 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26176 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26179 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26181 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26184 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26186 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26187 Recognize a table at point.
26188 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26189 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26190 the table specific features.
26192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26194 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26199 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26200 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26201 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26202 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26203 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26204 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26205 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26207 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26209 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26214 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26215 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26216 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26217 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26218 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26219 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26222 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26224 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26225 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26226 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26227 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26228 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26229 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26230 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26235 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26236 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26237 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26238 table's rectangle structure.
26240 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26242 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26243 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26244 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26245 table's rectangle structure.
26249 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26250 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26251 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26252 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26253 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26255 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26257 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26258 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26259 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26261 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26262 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26263 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26264 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26265 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26266 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26267 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26269 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26270 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26271 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26272 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26273 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26274 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26275 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26277 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26278 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26279 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26280 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26281 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26282 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26283 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26284 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26286 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26288 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26289 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26290 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26291 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26295 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26296 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26297 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26299 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26301 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26302 Split current cell vertically.
26303 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26307 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26308 Split current cell horizontally.
26309 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26313 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26314 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26315 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26317 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26319 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26320 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26321 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26322 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26324 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26326 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26327 Justify cell contents.
26328 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26329 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26330 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26331 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26333 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26335 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26336 Justify cells of a row.
26337 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26338 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26340 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26342 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26343 Justify cells of a column.
26344 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26345 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26347 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26349 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26350 Toggle fixing width mode.
26351 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26352 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26353 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26357 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26358 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26359 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26360 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26361 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26362 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26363 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26364 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26365 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26366 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26367 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26369 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26371 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26372 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26373 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26374 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26375 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26376 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26377 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26378 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26379 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26380 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26381 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26382 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26385 References used for this implementation:
26388 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26391 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26393 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26394 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26395 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26397 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26399 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26400 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26401 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26402 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26403 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26404 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26405 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26406 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26407 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26408 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26409 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26410 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26411 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26412 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26413 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26414 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26415 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26420 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26421 (table-forward-cell 15)
26422 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26423 (table-forward-cell 16)
26424 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26425 (table-forward-cell 1)
26426 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26429 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26430 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26431 (table-forward-cell 1)
26432 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26434 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26436 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26437 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26438 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26439 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26440 consists from cells of same height.
26444 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26445 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26446 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26447 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26448 column must consists from cells of same width.
26452 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26453 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26454 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26455 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26456 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26457 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26458 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26459 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26460 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26461 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26462 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26463 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26464 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26465 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26466 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26475 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26476 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26477 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26480 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26482 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26484 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26486 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26490 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26491 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26492 of each row is optional.
26497 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26498 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26499 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26500 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26501 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26503 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26504 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26506 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26507 expression and raw delimiter regular
26508 expression, it parses the specified text
26509 area and extracts cell items from
26510 non-table text and then forms a table out
26513 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26514 creates a single cell table. The text in
26515 the specified region is placed in that
26518 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26521 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26522 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26523 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26525 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26526 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26527 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26528 | area and extracts cell items from |
26529 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26532 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26533 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26534 | the specified region is placed in that |
26536 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26538 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26539 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26542 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26543 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26544 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26545 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26546 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26547 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26548 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26549 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26550 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26552 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26553 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26554 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26555 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26557 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26559 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26560 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26561 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26563 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26565 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26566 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26567 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26568 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26569 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26575 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19279 5148))
26576 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26578 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26579 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26581 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26583 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26584 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26590 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19279 5148))
26591 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26593 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26594 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26595 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26596 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26597 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26598 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26599 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26601 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26602 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26603 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26604 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26606 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26613 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26614 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19279 5151))
26615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26617 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26618 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26619 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26620 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26621 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26622 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26624 Variables controlling indentation style:
26626 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26627 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26628 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26630 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26631 documentation for details):
26632 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26633 Controls action of TAB key.
26635 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26636 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26637 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26638 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26639 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26641 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26642 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26650 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26651 Run inferior Tcl process.
26652 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26653 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26657 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26658 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26659 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26661 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26665 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19279 5151))
26666 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26667 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
26669 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26670 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26671 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26672 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26674 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26675 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26676 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26677 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26678 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26680 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26681 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
26683 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26684 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26685 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26686 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26692 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26693 ;;;;;; (19292 15231))
26694 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26696 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26697 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26698 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26699 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26700 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26701 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26703 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26705 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26706 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26707 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26708 commands to use in that buffer.
26710 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26712 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26714 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26715 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26717 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26719 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26720 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26721 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26722 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26723 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26724 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26725 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26726 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26727 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26728 use in that buffer.
26729 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26731 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26735 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19279
26737 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26739 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26740 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26741 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26742 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26743 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26744 program as keyboard input.
26746 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26747 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26748 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26749 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26751 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26752 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26753 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26754 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26755 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26757 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26759 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26760 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26761 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26762 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26764 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26765 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26766 subprocess started.
26768 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26772 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26773 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
26774 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26776 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26777 Start coverage on function under point.
26783 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19279 5151))
26784 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26786 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26787 Play the Tetris game.
26788 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26789 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26790 as to form complete rows.
26792 tetris-mode keybindings:
26793 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26794 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26795 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26796 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26797 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26798 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26799 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26800 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26801 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26807 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26808 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26809 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26810 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26811 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26812 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26813 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26815 ;;;;;; (19323 49698))
26816 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
26817 ;;;;;; (19352 21363))
26819 ;;;;;; (19371 46148))
26820 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
26821 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26823 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26824 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26826 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26828 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26829 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26830 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26831 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26832 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26834 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26836 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26837 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26838 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26839 if it matches the first line of the file,
26840 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26842 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26844 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26845 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26846 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26847 if the variable is non-nil.")
26849 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26851 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26852 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26854 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26856 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26857 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26858 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26859 See the documentation of that variable.")
26861 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26863 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26864 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26865 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26866 See the documentation of that variable.")
26868 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26870 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26871 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26872 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26873 See the documentation of that variable.")
26875 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26877 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26878 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26879 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26880 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26881 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26883 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26885 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26886 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26887 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26888 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26890 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26892 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26893 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26894 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26896 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26898 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26899 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26900 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26901 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26903 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26905 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26906 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26907 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26908 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26910 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26912 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26913 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26914 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26915 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26917 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26918 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26921 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26922 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26924 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26927 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26929 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26930 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26931 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26932 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26933 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26935 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26937 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26939 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26940 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26941 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26943 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26945 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26946 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26947 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26948 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26949 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26951 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26953 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26954 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26956 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26958 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26959 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26961 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26963 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26964 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26965 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26966 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26967 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26968 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26969 says which mode to use.
26973 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26975 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26977 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26979 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26980 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26981 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26982 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26983 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26985 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26986 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26987 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26988 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26989 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26990 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26991 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26993 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26994 mismatched $'s or braces.
26997 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27001 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27003 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27004 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27005 tex-dvi-print-command
27006 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27007 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27008 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27009 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27010 tex-dvi-view-command
27011 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27012 tex-show-queue-command
27013 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27014 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27016 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27017 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27018 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27022 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27023 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27024 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27025 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27026 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27028 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27029 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27030 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27031 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27032 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27033 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27034 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27036 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27037 mismatched $'s or braces.
27044 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27046 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27047 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27048 tex-dvi-print-command
27049 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27050 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27051 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27052 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27053 tex-dvi-view-command
27054 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27055 tex-show-queue-command
27056 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27057 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27059 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27060 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27061 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27065 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27066 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27067 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27068 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27069 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27071 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27072 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27073 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27074 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27075 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27076 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27077 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27079 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27080 mismatched $'s or braces.
27083 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27087 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27089 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27090 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27091 tex-dvi-print-command
27092 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27093 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27094 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27095 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27096 tex-dvi-view-command
27097 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27098 tex-show-queue-command
27099 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27100 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27102 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27103 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27104 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27105 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27109 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27114 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27115 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27121 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27122 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19279 5152))
27123 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27125 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27126 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27127 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27128 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27130 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27131 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27132 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27134 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27136 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27137 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27138 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27139 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27140 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27142 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27144 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27145 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27146 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27147 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27149 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27150 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27151 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27152 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27154 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27155 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27157 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27161 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27162 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19279 5152))
27163 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27165 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27166 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27168 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27170 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27171 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27173 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27175 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27176 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27178 It has these extra commands:
27179 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27181 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27182 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27183 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27184 modified version of TeX input format.
27186 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27187 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27188 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27189 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27191 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27192 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27193 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27194 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27195 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27196 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27197 in the Texinfo file.
27199 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27200 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27201 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27202 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27203 move forward past the closing brace.
27205 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27206 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27208 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27209 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27210 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27212 Here are the functions:
27214 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27215 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27216 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27218 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27219 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27220 texinfo-master-menu
27222 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27224 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27225 which menu descriptions are indented.
27227 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27228 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27231 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27232 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27233 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27234 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27236 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27237 be the first node in the file.
27239 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27240 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27246 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27247 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27248 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
27249 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27251 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27252 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27253 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27254 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27256 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27258 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27259 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27261 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27263 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27264 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27268 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27271 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27275 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27276 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27277 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19279 5148))
27278 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27280 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27281 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27283 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27285 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27286 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27287 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27288 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27289 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27291 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27292 a symbol as a valid THING.
27294 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27295 of the textual entity that was found.
27297 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27299 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27300 Return the THING at point.
27301 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27302 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27303 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27305 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27306 a symbol as a valid THING.
27308 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27310 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27311 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27315 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27316 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27320 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27321 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27325 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27326 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27332 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27333 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27334 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
27335 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27337 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27338 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27342 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27343 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27344 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27345 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27347 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27349 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27350 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27354 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27355 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27359 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27361 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27362 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27368 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27369 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27370 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27371 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27372 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19279
27374 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27376 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27377 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27378 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27382 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27383 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27385 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27387 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27388 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27389 The returned string has no composition information.
27391 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27393 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27394 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27396 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27398 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27399 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27401 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27403 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27404 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27405 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27406 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27408 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27410 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27411 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27412 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27413 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27415 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27417 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27418 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27419 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27423 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27424 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27425 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27429 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27432 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27434 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27437 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27439 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27442 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27446 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27447 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
27448 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27450 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27451 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27452 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27453 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27455 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27457 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27459 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27460 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27461 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27462 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27464 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27470 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27471 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27472 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19279 5148))
27473 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27475 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27476 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27478 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27479 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27481 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27482 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27483 This display updates automatically every minute.
27484 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27485 are displayed as well.
27486 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27490 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27491 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27492 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27495 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27497 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27499 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27500 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27501 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27503 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27504 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27505 are displayed as well.
27506 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27510 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27511 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27512 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27513 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27517 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27518 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27519 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27520 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27522 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27524 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27525 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27531 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27532 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27533 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27534 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27535 ;;;;;; (19292 15231))
27536 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27538 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27539 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27540 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27542 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27543 (if (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27544 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time)))
27546 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27547 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27548 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27550 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27551 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27553 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27555 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27556 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27558 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27560 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27561 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27563 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27565 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27566 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27567 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27569 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27571 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27573 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27574 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27575 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27577 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27579 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27580 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27582 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27584 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27585 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27586 DATE should be a date-time string.
27588 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27590 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27591 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27592 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27594 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27596 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27597 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27599 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27601 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27602 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27604 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27606 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27607 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27608 TIME should be a time value.
27609 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27611 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27613 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27614 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27615 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27617 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27619 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27620 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27621 The valid format specifiers are:
27622 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27623 %d is the number of days.
27624 %h is the number of hours.
27625 %m is the number of minutes.
27626 %s is the number of seconds.
27627 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27628 %% is a literal \"%\".
27630 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27631 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27633 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27634 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27635 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27637 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27638 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27639 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27641 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27643 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27647 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27648 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19279 5148))
27649 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27650 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27651 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27652 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27653 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27654 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27655 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27656 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27657 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27659 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27660 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27661 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27662 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27663 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27664 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27665 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27666 look like one of the following:
27669 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27670 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27671 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27672 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27673 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27674 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27675 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27680 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27681 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27682 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27688 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27689 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27690 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27691 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27692 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
27693 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27695 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27696 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27697 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27698 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27699 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27700 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27701 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27702 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27703 display (non-nil means on).
27705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27707 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27708 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27709 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27710 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27711 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27712 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27713 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27714 this function is called within a day.
27716 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27717 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27718 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27719 discover the name of the project.
27721 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27723 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27724 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27725 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27726 begun during the last time segment.
27728 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27729 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27730 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27731 discover the reason.
27733 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27735 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27736 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27737 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27738 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27739 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27741 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27743 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27744 Change to working on a different project.
27745 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27746 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27747 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27750 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27752 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27753 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27754 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27758 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27759 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27760 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27764 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27765 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27766 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27767 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27768 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27769 \"relative to today\".
27771 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27773 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27774 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27775 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27776 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27778 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27780 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27781 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27782 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27783 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27784 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27785 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27787 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27791 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27792 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19279 5150))
27793 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27795 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27796 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27797 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27798 the generated Quail package is saved.
27800 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27802 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27803 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27804 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27805 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27806 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27807 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27808 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27810 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27814 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27816 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19279 5148))
27817 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
27818 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19352 21359))
27820 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19376 53416))
27821 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
27822 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27823 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27824 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27826 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27827 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27828 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27829 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27830 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27832 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27834 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27835 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27836 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27837 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27838 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27840 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27842 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27843 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27844 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27845 in the menu in two ways:
27846 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27847 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27848 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27850 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27851 keymap or an alist of alists.
27852 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27853 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27855 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27859 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27860 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27861 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19279 5149))
27862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27864 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27865 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27867 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27869 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27870 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27872 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27874 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27875 Insert new TODO list entry.
27876 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27881 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27882 List top priorities for each category.
27884 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27885 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
27887 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27888 between each category.
27889 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
27891 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27893 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27894 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27895 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27896 between each category.
27898 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27900 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27902 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27903 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27909 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27910 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27914 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27921 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27922 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27923 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19279 5148))
27924 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27926 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27927 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27928 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27932 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
27934 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27935 Add an item to the tool bar.
27936 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27937 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27938 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27939 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27941 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27942 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27943 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27944 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27946 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27947 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27949 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27951 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27952 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27953 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27954 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27955 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27956 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27958 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27959 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27960 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27961 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27963 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27965 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27966 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27967 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27968 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27969 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27970 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27971 properties to add to the binding.
27973 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27975 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27976 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27978 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27980 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27981 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27982 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27983 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27984 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27985 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27986 properties to add to the binding.
27988 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27991 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27995 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27996 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
27997 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27999 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28000 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28001 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28002 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28003 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28004 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28006 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28008 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28013 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28015 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28016 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28022 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28023 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
28024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28026 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28027 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28029 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28030 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28031 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28032 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28033 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28035 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28036 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28037 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28038 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28039 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28041 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28046 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28047 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28048 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28049 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28050 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28051 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28057 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19279 5149))
28058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28060 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28061 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28062 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28063 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28064 to a tcp server on another machine.
28066 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28070 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28072 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19370 36541))
28073 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
28074 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19352 21359))
28076 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19367 42950))
28077 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
28078 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28080 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
28081 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28083 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28085 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28086 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28087 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28088 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28089 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28090 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28091 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28092 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28094 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28096 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28097 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28098 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28099 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28100 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28101 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28102 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28103 the window or buffer configuration.
28105 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28107 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28111 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28112 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28113 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28115 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19370 36541))
28116 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
28117 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19352 21361))
28119 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19356 59749))
28120 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
28121 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28123 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28124 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28125 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28127 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28129 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28130 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28132 It can have the following values:
28134 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28135 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28136 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28138 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28140 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
28141 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28142 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28143 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28145 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28146 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28147 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28148 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28150 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28151 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28152 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28154 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28155 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28156 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28157 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28158 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28159 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28160 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28161 files which are not really Tramp files.
28163 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28164 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28165 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28166 updated after changing this variable.
28168 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28170 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28171 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28172 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28173 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28175 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'") "\
28176 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28177 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28178 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28180 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28181 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28182 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28183 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28185 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28186 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28187 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28189 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28190 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28191 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28193 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28194 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28195 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28196 updated after changing this variable.
28198 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28200 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28201 Alist of completion handler functions.
28202 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28203 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28204 normal Emacs functions.")
28206 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28207 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28208 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28209 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28211 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28212 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28213 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28214 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28216 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28217 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28218 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28220 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28222 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28223 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28224 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) partial-completion-mode) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28226 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28227 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28228 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28230 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28235 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28236 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28238 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28240 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28241 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28243 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28245 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28246 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28252 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28253 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
28254 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28256 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28263 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19279
28265 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28267 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28268 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28269 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28270 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28271 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28272 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28273 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28274 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28276 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28277 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28278 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28280 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28281 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28284 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28288 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28289 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
28290 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28292 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28295 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28299 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28300 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19279 5152))
28301 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28302 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28303 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28304 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28306 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28307 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28308 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28309 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28310 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28311 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28312 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28314 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28316 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28317 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28318 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28319 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28321 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28325 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28326 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28327 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28328 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28329 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28330 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28331 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28333 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28334 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28336 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28339 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28341 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28347 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28348 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28349 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28350 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28351 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
28352 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28354 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28355 Toggle typing break mode.
28356 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28357 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28358 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28360 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28362 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28363 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28365 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28367 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28368 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28370 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28371 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28372 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28374 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28375 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28377 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28379 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28380 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28382 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28383 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28384 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28385 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28387 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28389 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28390 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28391 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28393 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28394 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28395 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28396 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28397 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28398 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28400 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28401 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28402 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28403 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28405 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28406 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28408 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28409 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28411 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28413 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28414 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28415 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28417 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28418 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28419 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28420 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28421 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28422 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28423 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28425 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28426 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28428 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28429 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28430 reset the keystroke counter.
28432 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28433 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28434 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28435 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28437 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28438 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28439 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28440 `type-break-schedule' command.
28442 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28443 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28444 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28445 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28446 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28447 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28448 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28449 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28450 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28452 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28453 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28454 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28455 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28456 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28458 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28459 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28460 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28461 approximate good values for this.
28463 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28464 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28466 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28467 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28468 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28469 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28470 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28471 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28473 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28474 a typing break occur. They include:
28476 `type-break-query-mode'
28477 `type-break-query-function'
28478 `type-break-query-interval'
28480 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28482 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28483 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28484 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28487 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28489 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28490 Take a typing break.
28492 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28493 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28495 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28496 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28500 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28501 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28502 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28503 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28507 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28508 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28510 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28511 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28512 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28513 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28514 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28515 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28516 average typing speed.)
28518 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28519 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28520 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28521 the computed maximum threshold.
28523 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28524 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28525 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28526 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28527 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28529 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28533 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19279 5150))
28534 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28536 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28537 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28538 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28539 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28540 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28542 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28546 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28547 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28548 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28549 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28550 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28551 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19279 5150))
28552 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28554 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28555 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28557 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28559 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28560 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28562 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28564 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28565 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28567 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28569 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28570 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28572 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28574 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28575 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28577 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28579 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28580 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28582 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28584 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28585 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28587 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28589 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28590 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28592 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28594 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28595 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28597 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28599 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28600 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28602 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28604 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28605 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28607 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28609 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28610 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28612 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28616 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28617 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19279 5152))
28618 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28620 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28621 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28622 Works by overstriking underscores.
28623 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28624 which specify the range to operate on.
28626 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28628 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28629 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28630 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28631 which specify the range to operate on.
28633 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28637 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28638 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
28639 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28641 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28642 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28643 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28644 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28645 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28646 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28650 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28651 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28653 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28657 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19279
28659 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28661 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28662 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28663 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28664 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28666 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28670 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28671 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19365 25156))
28672 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28674 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28675 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28676 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28678 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28679 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28680 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28681 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28682 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28683 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28685 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28686 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28687 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28689 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28690 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28691 the callback is not called).
28693 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28694 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28695 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28698 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28700 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28701 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28702 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28703 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28704 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28706 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28710 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28711 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19279 5152))
28712 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28714 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28715 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28716 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28718 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28719 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28720 `url-generic-parse-url'
28721 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28722 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28723 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28725 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28726 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28727 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28728 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28729 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28730 what type of auth to use
28731 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28732 if one cannot be found in the cache
28734 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28736 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28737 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28739 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28740 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28741 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28742 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28743 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28744 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28745 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28746 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28748 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28752 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28753 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19279
28755 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28757 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28758 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28760 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28762 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28763 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28765 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28767 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28768 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28770 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28772 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28773 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28775 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28779 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19279 5152))
28780 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28782 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28785 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28789 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28790 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19279 5152))
28791 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28793 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28796 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28798 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28801 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28805 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19279
28807 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28809 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28810 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28812 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28816 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28817 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19279 5152))
28818 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28820 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28821 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28825 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28826 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28827 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28828 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28829 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28831 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28835 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28836 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28837 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
28838 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28840 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28841 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28842 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28843 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28844 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28845 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28847 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28849 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28850 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28854 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28855 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28856 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28857 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28859 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28861 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28862 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28863 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28864 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28865 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28866 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28867 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28868 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28869 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28870 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28872 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28874 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28875 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28876 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28879 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28881 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28884 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28888 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28889 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19372 27330))
28890 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28892 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28893 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28894 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28895 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28896 CBARGS as the arguments.
28898 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28900 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28903 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28905 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28907 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28910 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28912 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28913 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28914 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28916 Property list members:
28919 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28923 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28927 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28930 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28933 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28934 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28935 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28938 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28940 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28941 Default HTTPS port.")
28943 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28944 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28945 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28947 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28948 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28949 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28950 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28951 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28955 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19279 5152))
28956 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28958 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28961 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28965 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19279
28967 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28969 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28970 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28971 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28972 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28973 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28975 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28979 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28980 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
28981 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28983 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28986 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28988 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28989 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28991 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28995 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28996 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19279 5152))
28997 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28999 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29000 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29002 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29004 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29005 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29007 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29009 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29012 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29014 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29016 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29018 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29020 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29021 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29023 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29027 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29028 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
29029 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29031 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29034 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29036 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29039 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29043 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29044 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29045 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
29046 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29048 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29051 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29053 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29056 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29058 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29061 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29063 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29066 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29068 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29071 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29073 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29076 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29078 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29081 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29085 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29086 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19279 5152))
29087 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29089 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29090 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29092 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29094 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29095 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29096 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29097 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29099 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29103 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29104 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
29105 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29107 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29108 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29114 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29115 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29116 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29117 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29118 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29119 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29120 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19292 15232))
29121 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29123 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29124 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29125 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29127 If t, all messages will be logged.
29128 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29129 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29131 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29133 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29136 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29138 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29141 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29143 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29144 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29145 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29146 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29147 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29153 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29155 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29156 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29157 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29159 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29161 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29162 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29163 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29165 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29167 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29168 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29170 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29172 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29173 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29177 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29178 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29182 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29187 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29190 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29192 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29195 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29197 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29199 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29200 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29202 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29204 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29205 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29207 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29209 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29212 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29214 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29215 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29216 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29217 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29218 forbidden in URL encoding.
29220 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29222 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29223 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29224 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29225 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29226 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29227 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29229 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29231 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29232 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29233 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29234 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29236 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29238 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29239 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29240 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29242 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29244 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29245 View the current document's URL.
29246 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29249 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29251 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29255 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29256 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19279 5148))
29257 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29259 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29260 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29261 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29262 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29263 to refrain from editing the file
29264 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29265 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29266 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29267 in any way you like.
29269 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29271 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29272 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29273 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29274 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29275 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29277 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29278 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29284 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29285 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29286 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19279 5150))
29287 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29289 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29292 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29294 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29297 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29299 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29302 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29304 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29307 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29311 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29312 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29313 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
29314 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29316 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29317 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29318 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29319 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29321 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29323 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29324 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29325 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29327 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29329 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29330 Uudecode region between START and END.
29331 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29333 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29337 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29338 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29339 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-root-log vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag
29340 ;;;;;; vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29341 ;;;;;; vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action
29342 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
29344 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (19370 36540))
29345 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
29346 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (19352 21359))
29348 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (19371 62620))
29349 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
29350 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29352 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29353 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29356 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29358 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29359 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29360 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29362 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29364 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29365 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29368 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29370 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29371 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29372 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29374 For locking systems:
29375 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29377 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29378 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29379 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29380 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29381 it performs a revert on that file.
29382 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29383 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29384 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29385 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29386 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29387 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29388 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29390 For merging systems:
29391 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29392 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29393 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29394 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29395 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29396 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29397 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29398 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29399 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29401 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29403 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29404 Register into a version control system.
29405 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29406 Otherwise register the current file.
29407 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29408 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29410 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29411 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29412 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29413 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29414 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29415 first backend that could register the file is used.
29417 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29419 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29420 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29422 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29424 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29425 Display diffs between file revisions.
29426 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29427 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29428 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29430 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29433 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29435 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29436 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29437 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29438 fileset with the working revision.
29439 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29440 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29442 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29445 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29447 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29448 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29449 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29450 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29454 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29455 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29456 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29457 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29461 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29462 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29463 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29464 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29465 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29466 from the current branch.
29468 See Info node `Merging'.
29472 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29474 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29475 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29476 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29477 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29478 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29479 checked out in that new branch.
29481 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29483 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29484 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29485 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29486 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29487 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29488 allowed and simply skipped).
29490 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29492 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29493 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29494 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29495 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29496 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29498 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29499 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29501 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29503 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29504 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29505 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29506 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29507 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29509 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29511 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29512 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29513 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29514 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29518 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29519 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29520 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29521 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29525 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29527 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29528 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29529 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29530 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29531 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29532 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29536 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29537 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29538 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29539 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29540 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29541 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29542 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29544 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29546 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29547 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29548 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29549 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29550 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29551 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29552 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29553 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29554 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29556 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29558 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29559 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29563 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29564 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29566 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29568 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29569 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29570 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29573 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29575 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29576 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29577 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29579 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29580 log entries should be gathered.
29582 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29584 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29585 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29587 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29591 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (19356
29593 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
29595 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29596 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29598 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29599 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29600 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29601 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29602 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29603 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29605 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29606 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29607 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29608 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29609 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29610 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29611 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29612 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29614 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29616 Customization variables:
29618 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29619 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29620 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29621 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29623 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
29627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (19365 25156))
29628 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29629 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29630 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29633 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (19370 36540))
29638 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29640 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29641 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29643 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29644 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29645 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29648 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (19365 25156))
29653 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29654 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29655 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29656 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29658 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29662 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (19370 36540))
29663 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
29665 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29666 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29667 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29668 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29669 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29671 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29672 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29673 The file lines appear later.
29675 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29676 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29678 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29680 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29682 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29686 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
29687 ;;;;;; (19374 2442))
29688 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
29690 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29691 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29692 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29693 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29694 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29695 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29696 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29697 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29698 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29699 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29700 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29701 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29702 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29703 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29704 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29706 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (19365 25156))
29711 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29712 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29713 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29714 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29717 (vc-git-registered file))))
29721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (19370 36540))
29722 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29723 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29724 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29725 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29728 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (19365 25156))
29733 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29735 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29737 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29738 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29739 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29742 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29746 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29747 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
29748 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29750 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29751 Where to look for RCS master files.
29752 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29754 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29756 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29760 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29761 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
29762 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29764 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29765 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29766 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29768 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29769 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29771 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29772 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29773 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29774 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (19365 25156))
29779 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29780 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29781 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29782 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29785 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29786 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29787 (file-name-directory f)))
29789 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29793 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29794 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
29795 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29796 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29798 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29799 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29804 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29805 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29806 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29807 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29809 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29810 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29811 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29814 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29815 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29817 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29818 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29820 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29821 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29822 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29824 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29830 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29831 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29833 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29835 Official distribution is at
29836 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29839 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29840 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29851 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29852 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
29853 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29855 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29856 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29857 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29858 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29859 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29861 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29863 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29864 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29866 Supports highlighting.
29868 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29869 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29871 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29873 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29874 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29875 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29876 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29877 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29878 on the left side of your screen.
29879 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29880 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29881 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29882 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29883 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29884 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29886 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29887 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29888 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29889 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29892 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29893 Indentation for case statements.
29894 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29895 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29897 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29898 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29899 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29900 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29901 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29902 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29903 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29904 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29905 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29907 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29911 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29912 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29913 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29914 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29915 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29916 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29917 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29918 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29919 comments in tight quarters.
29920 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29921 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29923 Variables controlling other actions:
29925 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29926 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29927 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29929 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29931 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29933 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29934 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29935 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29937 Some other functions are:
29939 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29940 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29941 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29942 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29943 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29945 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29946 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29947 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29948 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29950 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29951 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29952 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29953 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29954 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29955 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29956 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29957 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29958 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29959 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29960 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29961 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29962 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29963 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29964 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29965 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29966 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29967 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29968 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29969 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29970 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29971 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29972 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29973 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29974 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29975 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29976 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29977 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29979 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29980 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29982 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29988 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29989 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
29990 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29992 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29993 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29998 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29999 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30000 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30001 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30002 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30003 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30004 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30005 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30006 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30008 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30009 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30010 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30011 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30013 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30014 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30015 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30016 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30017 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30019 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30020 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30024 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30025 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30026 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30030 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30031 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30032 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30033 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30035 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30036 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30037 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30038 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30039 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30043 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30044 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30045 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30046 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30048 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30049 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30050 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30051 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30052 beginning with \"std\").
30054 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30055 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30056 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30061 `--' puts a single comment.
30062 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30063 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30064 with a comment in between.
30065 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30066 out following lines.
30067 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30068 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30070 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30071 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30072 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30073 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30074 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30077 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30078 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30079 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30080 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30081 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30082 multi-line comments.
30086 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30087 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30088 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30089 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30091 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30092 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30093 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30094 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30096 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30097 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30100 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30101 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30105 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30106 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30107 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30108 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30109 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30110 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30111 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30112 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30114 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30115 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30116 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30117 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30118 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30121 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30122 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30123 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30125 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30126 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30130 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30131 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30132 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30133 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30134 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30135 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30138 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30139 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30140 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30141 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30144 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30148 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30149 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30150 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30151 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30152 internal signal initializations (menu).
30154 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30155 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30156 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30158 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30159 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30160 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30161 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30162 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30163 in subsequent paste operations.)
30165 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30166 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30167 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30170 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30171 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30172 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30173 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30174 association list with formals).
30177 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30178 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30179 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30180 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30181 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30182 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30183 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30184 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30189 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30193 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30197 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30198 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30199 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30201 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30202 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30205 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30206 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30207 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30208 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30210 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30211 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30212 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30214 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30215 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30216 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30217 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30219 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30220 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30221 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30222 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30223 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30225 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30226 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30227 required by secondary units.
30230 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30231 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30232 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30233 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30234 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30235 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30236 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30237 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30238 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30239 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30240 inputs to this component -> input port created
30241 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30242 outputs from this component -> output port created
30243 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30244 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30246 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30247 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30248 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30249 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30250 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30252 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30253 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30255 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30256 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30257 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30258 component instantiation is also supported (option
30259 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30261 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30262 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30263 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30264 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30265 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30266 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30267 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30268 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30269 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30270 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30271 | generating the configuration.
30273 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30274 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30275 | configurations in speedbar.
30277 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30280 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30281 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30282 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30283 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30284 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30285 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30286 information. New compilers can be added.
30288 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30289 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30292 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30293 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30294 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30295 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30296 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30298 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30301 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30302 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30303 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30305 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30306 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30307 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30308 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30309 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30310 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30311 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30314 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30315 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30316 not (yet) supported.
30317 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30318 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30319 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30323 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30324 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30325 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30326 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30327 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30328 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30329 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30330 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30332 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30333 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30334 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30335 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30336 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30337 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30338 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30339 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30340 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30341 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30342 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30346 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30347 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30348 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30349 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30350 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30351 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30352 current directory for VHDL source files.
30356 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30357 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30361 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30362 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30363 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30364 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30365 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30366 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30367 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30368 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30371 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30372 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30373 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30374 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30375 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30376 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30377 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30379 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30380 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30381 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30382 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30383 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30384 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30386 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30387 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30388 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30389 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30390 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30393 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30394 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30395 highlighted if written in lower case.
30397 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30398 highlighted using a different background color if option
30399 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30401 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30402 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30403 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30404 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30405 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30409 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30410 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30411 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30415 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30416 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30417 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30418 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30419 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30423 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30424 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30426 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30427 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30428 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30429 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30430 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30431 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30432 (used to obtain the port names).
30436 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30437 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30441 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30442 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30443 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30444 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30445 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30446 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30447 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30452 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30453 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30454 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30455 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30456 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30458 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30459 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30460 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30461 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30462 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30465 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30466 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30470 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30471 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30472 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30474 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30478 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30479 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30481 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30483 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30485 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30489 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30495 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30496 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30498 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30500 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30501 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30502 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30503 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30505 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30506 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
30507 where the latest version can be found.
30513 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30514 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30515 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30518 The VHDL Mode Authors
30519 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30530 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19256 49605))
30531 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30533 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30534 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30535 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30536 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30538 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30539 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30540 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30541 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30542 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30544 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30545 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30547 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30549 * Limitations and unsupported features
30550 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30552 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30553 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30556 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30557 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30558 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30559 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30560 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30561 for undoing a repeated change command.
30562 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30563 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30564 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30567 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30568 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30569 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30570 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30571 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30572 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30573 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30574 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30576 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30582 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30583 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30584 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30585 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19279 5150))
30586 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30588 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30589 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30591 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30593 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30594 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30595 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30596 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30598 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30600 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30601 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30605 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30606 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30607 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30608 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30610 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30612 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30613 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30617 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30620 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30622 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30625 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30629 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30630 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30631 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30632 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30633 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19356 10801))
30634 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30636 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30637 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30638 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30640 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30642 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30643 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30644 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30645 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30647 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30649 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30650 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30652 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30654 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30655 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30656 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30657 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30658 moving around in the buffer.
30659 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30660 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30662 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30666 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30667 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30668 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30669 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30671 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30672 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30673 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30674 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30675 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30677 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30681 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30682 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30683 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30684 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30687 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30688 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30689 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30690 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30691 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30693 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30697 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30698 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30699 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30700 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30701 moving around in the buffer.
30702 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30703 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30705 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30707 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30708 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30709 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30711 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30712 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30713 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30714 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30716 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30718 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30719 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30720 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30721 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30722 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30723 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30724 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30725 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30727 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30729 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30730 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30731 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30733 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30735 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30736 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30737 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30738 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30739 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30740 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30741 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30742 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30744 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30746 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30747 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30748 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30750 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30752 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30753 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30754 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30757 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30758 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30759 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30762 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30763 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30764 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30765 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30766 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30768 H, h, ? This message.
30769 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30770 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30771 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30772 > move to the end of buffer.
30773 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30774 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30775 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30776 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30777 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30778 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30779 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30780 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30781 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30782 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30783 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30784 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30785 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30786 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30787 Use this to view a changing file.
30788 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30789 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30790 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30792 x exchanges point and mark.
30793 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30794 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30795 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30796 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30797 ' go to position saved in character register.
30798 s do forward incremental search.
30799 r do reverse incremental search.
30800 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30801 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30802 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30803 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30804 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30805 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30806 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30807 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30808 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30809 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30810 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30811 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30812 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30813 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30814 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30815 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30816 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30818 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30819 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30820 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30821 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30822 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30823 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30824 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30825 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30826 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30828 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30832 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30833 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30834 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30835 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30836 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30837 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30838 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30839 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30840 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30842 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30844 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30845 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30846 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30847 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30848 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30849 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30850 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30852 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30853 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30854 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30855 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30856 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30858 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30859 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30861 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30862 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30863 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30864 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30866 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30868 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30870 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30872 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30873 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30879 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19279
30881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30883 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30884 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30888 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30889 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30895 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30896 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
30897 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30899 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30900 Toggle Viper on/off.
30901 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30905 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30906 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30912 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30913 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
30914 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30916 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30917 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30918 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30919 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30920 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30921 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30922 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30923 the beginning of the warning.")
30925 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30926 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30927 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30928 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30929 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30930 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30931 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30932 also call that function before the next warning.")
30934 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30935 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30937 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30938 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30939 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30940 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30942 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30943 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30944 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30945 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30946 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30947 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30949 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30950 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30951 Default is :warning.
30953 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30954 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30955 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30956 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30957 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30958 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30960 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30961 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30962 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30964 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30966 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30967 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30969 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30971 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30972 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30973 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30974 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30976 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30977 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30978 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30979 can be whatever you like.)
30981 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30982 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30984 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30985 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30986 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30987 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30988 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30990 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30992 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30993 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30994 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30995 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30996 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30998 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31002 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31003 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
31004 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31006 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31007 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31008 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31009 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31010 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31019 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19279 5151))
31020 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31022 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31023 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31025 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31028 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31035 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31036 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
31037 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31038 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31039 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31041 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31043 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31044 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31045 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31046 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31047 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31048 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31050 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31052 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31053 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31054 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31055 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31057 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31064 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31065 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31066 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31067 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19356 10801))
31068 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31070 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31071 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31073 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31074 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31075 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31077 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31078 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31082 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31083 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31085 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31086 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31087 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31089 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31090 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31091 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31092 use `whitespace-mode'.
31094 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31098 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31099 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31100 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31101 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31102 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31103 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31105 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31107 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31108 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31110 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31111 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31112 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31114 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31115 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31119 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31120 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31121 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31122 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31123 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31124 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31126 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31128 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31129 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31131 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31132 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31133 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31135 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31136 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31137 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31138 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31140 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31144 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31145 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31147 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31148 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31150 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31151 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31153 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31157 t toggle TAB visualization
31158 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31159 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31160 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31161 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31162 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31163 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31164 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31165 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31166 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31167 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31168 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31169 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31170 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31171 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31172 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31174 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31175 T toggle TAB visualization
31176 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31177 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31179 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31180 ? display brief help
31182 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31183 The valid symbols are:
31185 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31186 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31187 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31188 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31189 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31190 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31191 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31192 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31193 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31194 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31195 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31196 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31197 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31198 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31199 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31200 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31202 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31203 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31204 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31206 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31208 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31212 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31213 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31215 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31216 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31218 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31219 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31221 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31225 t toggle TAB visualization
31226 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31227 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31228 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31229 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31230 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31231 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31232 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31233 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31234 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31235 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31236 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31237 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31238 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31239 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31240 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31242 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31243 T toggle TAB visualization
31244 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31245 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31247 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31248 ? display brief help
31250 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31251 The valid symbols are:
31253 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31254 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31255 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31256 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31257 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31258 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31259 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31260 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31261 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31262 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31263 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31264 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31265 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31266 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31267 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31268 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31270 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31271 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31272 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31274 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31276 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31280 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31281 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31283 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31284 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31285 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31286 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31287 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31289 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31291 The problems cleaned up are:
31293 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31294 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31295 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31296 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31298 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31299 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31300 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31301 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31303 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31304 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31305 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31306 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31308 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31309 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31310 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31311 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31312 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31313 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31314 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31315 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31317 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31318 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31319 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31321 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31322 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31323 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31324 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31325 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31326 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31327 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31328 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31330 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31335 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31336 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31338 The problems cleaned up are:
31340 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31341 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31342 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31343 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31345 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31346 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31347 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31348 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31350 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31351 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31352 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31353 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31354 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31355 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31356 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31357 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31359 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31360 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31361 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31363 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31364 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31365 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31366 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31367 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31368 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31369 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31370 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31372 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31375 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31377 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31378 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31380 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31383 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31384 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31385 `whitespace-style' to have:
31393 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31394 whitespace problems in buffer.
31396 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31398 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31399 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31400 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31401 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31402 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31403 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31404 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31406 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31407 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31408 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31409 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31410 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31411 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31412 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31414 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31415 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31416 cleaning up these problems.
31418 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31420 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31421 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31423 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31426 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31427 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31428 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31436 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31437 whitespace problems in buffer.
31439 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31441 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31442 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31443 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31444 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31445 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31446 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31447 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31449 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31450 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31451 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31452 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31453 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31454 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31455 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31457 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31458 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31459 cleaning up these problems.
31461 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31465 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31466 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19279 5149))
31467 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31469 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31470 Browse the widget under point.
31474 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31475 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31477 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31479 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31480 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31482 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31484 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31485 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31486 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31492 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31493 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19356
31495 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31497 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31498 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31500 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31502 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31503 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31504 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31506 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31508 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31509 Create widget of TYPE.
31510 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31512 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31514 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31517 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31519 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31520 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31522 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31524 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "
\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31525 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31526 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31527 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31529 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31530 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31536 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31537 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19279
31539 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31541 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31542 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31543 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31544 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31545 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31546 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31547 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31551 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31552 Select the window above the current one.
31553 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31554 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31555 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31556 negative ARG) of the current window.
31557 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31561 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31562 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31563 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31564 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31565 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31566 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31567 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31571 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31572 Select the window below the current one.
31573 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31574 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31575 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31576 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31577 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31581 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31582 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31583 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31584 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31586 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31590 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31591 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
31592 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31594 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31595 Toggle Winner mode.
31596 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31597 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31599 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31601 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31602 Toggle Winner mode.
31603 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31609 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31611 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (19370 36540))
31612 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
31613 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (19352 21359))
31615 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (19359 48737))
31616 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
31617 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31619 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31620 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31621 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31622 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31623 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31625 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31627 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31628 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31629 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31630 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31631 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31632 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31633 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31634 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31636 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31637 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31639 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31641 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31642 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31646 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31647 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31648 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31649 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31650 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31651 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31652 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31653 `woman' command for further details.
31655 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31659 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31660 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
31661 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31663 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31664 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31667 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31668 are not implemented
31669 - Options for search and replace
31670 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31671 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31673 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31676 The key bindings are:
31686 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31688 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31689 C-l ws-repeat-search
31692 C-r scroll-down-line
31699 C-y kill-complete-line
31702 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31703 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31704 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31705 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31706 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31707 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31708 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31709 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31710 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31711 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31712 C-k b ws-begin-block
31713 C-k c ws-copy-block
31714 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31716 C-k h ws-show-markers
31717 C-k i ws-indent-block
31719 C-k p ws-print-block
31722 C-k s save-some-buffers
31724 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31725 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31726 C-k v ws-move-block
31727 C-k w ws-write-block
31729 C-k y ws-delete-block
31731 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31732 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31733 C-o j justify-current-line
31736 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31737 C-o r set-fill-column
31738 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31739 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31740 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31741 C-o wo other-window
31742 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31744 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31745 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31746 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31747 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31748 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31749 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31750 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31751 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31752 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31753 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31754 C-q a ws-query-replace
31755 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31756 C-q c end-of-buffer
31759 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31761 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31762 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31763 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31764 C-q w ws-last-error
31766 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31772 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19356 10801))
31773 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31775 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31776 Perform an interactive search.
31777 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31778 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31779 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31780 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31782 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31785 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
31787 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
31791 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31792 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
31793 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31795 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31796 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31797 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31798 Returns the top node with all its children.
31799 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31800 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31802 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31804 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31805 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31806 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31807 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31808 is not well-formed XML.
31809 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31810 and returned as the first element of the list.
31811 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31813 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31817 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31818 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19279 5151))
31819 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31821 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31822 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31823 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31824 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31825 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31826 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31827 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31828 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31829 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31830 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31832 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31836 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19279
31838 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31840 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31841 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31842 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31843 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31844 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31845 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31847 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31849 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31850 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31851 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31854 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31855 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31856 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31857 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31858 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31859 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31865 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31866 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19279 5150))
31867 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31869 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31870 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31872 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31874 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31875 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31881 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31882 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19279 5151))
31883 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31885 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31886 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31888 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31890 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31891 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31893 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31895 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31896 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31897 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31899 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31901 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31902 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31908 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19279 5151))
31909 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31911 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31912 Zone out, completely.
31918 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31979 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
31980 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31997 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
31998 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el" "font-setting.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charprop.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap-hash.el" "net/imap.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/secrets.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-fish.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-imap.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19375 51700 955763))
32134 ||||||| BASE-REVISION
32135 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "pcvs-info.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19352
32157 ;;;;;; 23109 108328))
32159 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "pcvs-info.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19382
32181 ;;;;;; 35538 347447))
32182 >>>>>>> MERGE-SOURCE
32186 (provide 'loaddefs)
32187 ;; Local Variables:
32188 ;; version-control: never
32189 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32190 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32193 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here